Quarterlytics / Industrials / Aerospace & Defense / Mercury Systems

Mercury Systems

mrcy · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker mrcy
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Aerospace & Defense
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Mercury Systems
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2021 ANNUAL REPORT

: THE SPEED OF MERCURY :

FY21 RECORD YEAR REVENUE

REVENUE

ORGANIC REVENUE

BOOKINGS

GAAP NET INCOME

ADJUSTED EBITDA

$924M

$836M

$881M

$62M

$202M

16%>

5%>

8%>

28%>

15%>

MERCURY SYSTEMS BY THE NUMBERS

~2,400 

Number of team members 
globally, ~30% hold DoD 
security clearances

25

Global state-of-the-art  
facilities

40

4–5×

$924M

R&D relative investment  
compared to our industry

FY21 Revenue, 28% CAGR FY16–FY21
~9.4% avg. organic growth FY16–FY21

300+

Installed base: number 
of A&D programs with 
Mercury embedded

25+

$202M

FY21 Adj. EBITDA, 22% margin 
29% CAGR FY16–FY21

13

Years of tech leadership 
in A&D industry

Prime customers: including virtually 
all leaders in the A&D industry

Number of M&A transactions 
completed since FY14

Cautionary Notice About Forward-Looking Statements

This annual report contains certain forward-looking statements, as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 
1995, including those relating to the acquisitions described herein and to fiscal 2022 business performance and beyond and the Company’s 
plans for growth and improvement in profitability and cash flow. You can identify these statements by the use of the words “may,” “will,” “could,” 
“should,” “would,” “plans,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “continue,” “estimate,” “project,” “intend,” “likely,” “forecast,” “probable,” “potential,” and 
similar expressions. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially 
from those projected or anticipated. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, continued funding of defense programs, the 
timing and amounts of such funding, general economic and business conditions, including unforeseen weakness in the Company’s markets, 
effects of epidemics and pandemics such as COVID, effects of any U.S. federal government shutdown or extended continuing resolution, 
effects of continued geopolitical unrest and regional conflicts, competition, changes in technology and methods of marketing, delays in 
completing engineering and manufacturing programs, changes in customer order patterns, changes in product mix, continued success in 
technological advances and delivering technological innovations, changes in, or in the U.S. Government’s interpretation of, federal export 
control or procurement rules and regulations, changes in, or in the interpretation or enforcement of, environmental rules and regulations, 
market acceptance of the Company’s products, shortages in components, production delays or unanticipated expenses due to performance 
quality issues with outsourced components, inability to fully realize the expected benefits from acquisitions, restructurings and value creation 
initiatives such as 1MPACT, or delays in realizing such benefits, challenges in integrating acquired businesses and achieving anticipated 
synergies, increases in interest rates, changes to industrial security and cyber-security regulations and requirements, changes in tax rates or 
tax regulations, changes to interest rate swaps or other cash flow hedging arrangements, changes to generally accepted accounting principles, 
difficulties in retaining key employees and customers, unanticipated costs under fixed-price service and system integration engagements, 
and various other factors beyond our control. These risks and uncertainties also include such additional risk factors as are discussed in the 
Company’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, including its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 
2, 2021. The Company cautions readers not to place undue reliance upon any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date 
made. The Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on 
which such statement is made.

INNOVATION THAT MATTERS

At Mercury Systems, we  
deliver Innovation That Matters®. 
We make trusted, secure  
mission-critical technologies 
profoundly more accessible for 
aerospace and defense.

Dear Mercury Stakeholders,

Mercury’s fiscal 2021 results were strong, led by double-
digit growth in revenue, record adjusted EBITDA and design 
wins totaling more than $1.5 billion in estimated lifetime 
value. We made record investments in the business. These 
included internal R&D to drive innovation, capital investments 
to consolidate and build out our facilities and sustained 
efforts to keep our people safe amid the Covid pandemic.

We acquired Physical Optics Corporation and Pentek in fiscal 
2021, strengthening our C4I and sensor and effector mission 
systems capabilities. And we concluded the year by launching 
a company-wide effort called “1MPACT” to lay the foundation 
for our next phase of value creation at scale. Our goal for 
1MPACT is to achieve Mercury’s full growth, margin expansion 
and adjusted EBITDA potential over the next five years.

POSITIVE GROWTH OUTLOOK 

Fiscal 2021 was successful yet more challenging than we 
anticipated, and we believe the year ahead could be similar. 
That said, the Mercury team is doing an outstanding job 
managing, de-risking and growing the business, and we are 
beginning fiscal 2022 with more than $900 million in backlog. 

Mercury’s total company revenue continues to grow faster than  
overall defense spending. The secular growth trends benefiting 
the company remain favorable, and we are well aligned with the 
 U.S. National Defense Strategy. The government continues to 
push for modernization, speed and affordability in both sensor  
and effector mission systems and C4I.  

Focusing on large and faster-growing parts of the defense 
market, we have diversified Mercury’s business to the point 
where we now participate in more than 300 different programs, 
which continue to serve us well. We are designed-in on our 
top programs, with the majority being sole-source positions. 
Our largest revenue programs in fiscal 2021 were a classified 
radar program, LTAMDS, F-35, SEWIP and E-2D Hawkeye. 

Although total company revenue increased 16% from fiscal 2020, 
Mercury’s organic revenue growth was challenged by Covid-
related modernization and delays in SEWIP and other naval surface 
programs. We also encountered customer execution issues on 
the F-35 TR3 and a delay in a large Foreign Military Sale. As a result, 
our fiscal 2021 organic growth rate slowed to 5% year over year.

Looking toward fiscal 2022, we are expecting a significant 
rebound in bookings versus fiscal 2021, with a positive book-to-
bill for the year and substantial growth in our backlog, and have 
recently seen an improvement in customer activity levels. In 
addition, we anticipate our design wins will again total more than 
$1 billion in estimated lifetime value. We expect these programs, 
as well as prior design wins, to convert into increased bookings 
and backlog as they transition into production over time. 

From a revenue perspective, our outlook for fiscal 2022  
reflects the past year’s program slowdowns mentioned above, 
as well as a more recent delay in the LTAMDS program. Given 
this backdrop, we now expect Mercury to deliver flat organic 
revenue growth in fiscal 2022. We expect approximately 10% 
total company revenue growth prior to future M&A, eclipsing 
$1 billion for the first time, as well as record adjusted EBITDA. 

Looking further ahead, for fiscal 2023 we currently expect  
Mercury’s organic growth to accelerate back to more normal,  
high single-digit to low double-digit levels. This growth is  
expected to be driven by:

1.  The improving financial environment

2. The anticipated growth in bookings in fiscal 2022

3. The substantial expected revenue growth on the F-35, 

LTAMDS, Filthy Buzzard and other programs

2021 LETTER TO THE SHAREHOLDERS

mrcy.com

We are laying the foundation for our next 
phase of value creation at scale.

VALUE CREATION AT SCALE

Since fiscal 2014, we have completed 13 acquisitions, 
deploying $1.2 billion of capital and dramatically scaling and 
transforming the business. We have grown the estimated 
lifetime value of Mercury’s top 30 programs and pursuits 
from $4.6 billion to more than $11 billion. This opportunity 
pipeline is greater than 10x the size of our backlog and 
represents the foundation for our future growth. 

We have expanded the scope of our offerings and capabilities at 
the same time, leading to a nearly eightfold increase in subsystems 
revenue. We have insourced manufacturing; our headcount has 
increased 3.5x; our footprint has grown from 10 to 27 locations; 
and our external supply chain spend has increased nearly 3x. 

Over this period, we have successfully grown our total revenue 
4.4x and adjusted EBITDA more than 9x. As demonstrated by 
the more rapid growth in adjusted EBITDA, we have extracted 
substantial cost and revenue synergies from our acquisitions 
over time. This has significantly reduced our gross purchase 
price multiple to net for the deals that Mercury has completed.

We see the opportunity to create substantial additional 
value beyond the synergies already achieved. Our 1MPACT 
efforts, led by our new Chief Transformation Officer who 
reports to me, are aimed at capturing this value with future 
scaling of the business in mind. In addition to growth, over 
the next two to three years 1MPACT will focus on six areas:

1.  Organizational efficiency and scalability

2. Procurement and supply chain 

3. Facilities optimization 

4. R&D investment efficiency 

5. Capital and asset efficiency

6. Scalable common processes and systems

Overall, 1MPACT is about enabling Mercury’s future—doing 
what we have done since fiscal 2014, but doing it efficiently 
and effectively at greater scale. We expect that 1MPACT 
will also accelerate value creation as we apply the new 
processes and methodologies to future M&A activity, 
which remains an integral part of our strategy. We believe 
we are well positioned to continue making acquisitions 
that are accretive to Mercury’s organic growth.

MOMENTUM FOR FISCAL 2022 AND BEYOND

We believe the current business environment is transitory and 
the secular growth trends that benefit Mercury remain in place. 
In light of the signs of improvement we currently see, we expect 
to deliver substantial growth in bookings and backlog in fiscal 
2022. Given this positive momentum, fiscal 2023 is shaping up to 
be a strong year for Mercury as organic growth returns to normal 
levels and margins expand as a result of recent 1MPACT efforts.

Our longer-term outlook remains intact and our strategy remains 
the same. That is, to deliver high single-digit to low double-digit 
organic revenue growth averaging 10% over time, coupled with 
M&A and margin expansion. By launching 1MPACT as we cross 
the $1 billion revenue threshold, we look forward to replicating 
this performance and achieving Mercury’s full growth and 
adjusted EBITDA potential over the course of the next five years. 

On behalf of everyone on the Mercury Systems team, I would like 
to extend our deep appreciation for your continuing support. 
We look forward to keeping you apprised of our progress.

Sincerely,

Mark Aslett 
President and Chief Executive Officer

September 9, 2021

 
 
FY21 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

REVENUE ($M)

GAAP NET INCOME ($M)

GAAP EPS ($)

BACKLOG ($M)

16% 
YOY

%  C

8

2

R

G

A

655

924

797

493

409

270

28% 
YOY

R

G

A

%  C

6

2

85.7

28% 
YOY

62.0

46.8

40.9

24.9

19.7

9% 
YOY

R

G

A

%  C

1 5

1.56

1.12

0.96

0.86

909

831

R

G

A

625

%  C

6

2

448

0.56

0.58

357

288

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

ADJ. EBITDA ($M, %)

ADJ. EPS ($)

%  C

9

2

R

G

A

145

202

176

93

115

15% 
YOY

56

5% 
YOY

1.12

0.94

R

G

A

2 1 %  C

1.84

1.41

2.42

2.30

FY17

FY16
FY21
20.8% 22.7% 23.2% 22.2% 22.1% 21.9%

FY20

FY19

FY18

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

Notes: CAGR figures for the period FY16–FY21. YoY figures for 
the period FY20 vs. FY21. Numbers are rounded. Per-share data 
is presented on a fully diluted basis. As of Q1 FY19, the Company 
has revised its definition of adjusted EBITDA to incorporate other 
non-operating adjustments, net, which includes gains or losses 
on foreign currency measurement and fixed assets sales and 
disposals among other adjustments.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following table summarizes certain historical consolidated financial data, which should be read in conjunction with the 
consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report (in thousands, except per-share data):

Statement of Operations Data

Net revenues

Net income from operations

Net income

Net earnings per share

Basic

Diluted

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

Adjusted EPS(1)

Balance Sheet Data

Working capital

Total assets

Long-term obligations

Total shareholders’ equity

FISCAL YEARS

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

$923,996 

$796,610

$81,001 

$62,044

$91,062 

$85,712

$1.13

$1.12

$1.57

$1.56

$654,744

$76,584 

$46,775

$0.98

$0.96

$493,184

$46,985 

$40,883

$0.88

$0.86

$201,896

$176,242

$145,326

$114,567

$2.42

$2.30

$1.84

$1.41

$408,588

$37,403 

$24,875

$0.59

$0.58

$92,576

$1.12

AS OF FISCAL YEARS

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

$492,277

$508,854

$484,140

$260,063

$173,351 

$1,955,137

$1,610,720

$1,416,977

$1,064,480

$815,745 

$320,168

$100,021

$34,206

$220,909

$1,484,146

$1,384,784

$1,284,739

$771,891

$17,483 

$725,417 

(1)  Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EPS are key measures that are not calculated according to U.S. generally accepted accounting  
      principles (“GAAP”). Refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results  
      of Operations for our definition of these measures, including reconciliations to our most directly comparable GAAP financial measures. 

2021 LETTER TO THE SHAREHOLDERS

mrcy.com

THE SPEED OF MERCURY

PROFOUNDLY ACCESSIBLE TODAY

We ruggedize, secure and
SWaP optimize next-generation
commercial technologies to 
perform without fail anywhere.

TECHNOLOGIES OF TOMORROW

From AI, 5G and cloud to
autonomy, hypersonics and
space, Mercury is leveraging 
tomorrow’s technologies,  
today, trusted and secure.

ACCELERATING INNOVATION

Passionate men and  
women dedicated to moving 
technology and humankind 
forward, relentlessly.

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K 

☒

☐

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR 

THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED July 2, 2021 

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                      TO                     .

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 0-23599 

MERCURY SYSTEMS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Massachusetts

04-2741391

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

50 Minuteman Road

Andover MA

(Address of principal executive offices)

01810

(Zip Code)

978-256-1300 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934:

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share

Trading Symbol
MRCY

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Nasdaq Global Select Market

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934: NONE

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ý    No  ¨ 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  ¨    No  ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements 
for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of 

Regulation S-T (§ 229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such 
files).    Yes  ý    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an 
emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in 
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  ý  Accelerated filer  ¨  Non-accelerated filer  ¨  Smaller reporting company  ☐ 
Emerging growth company  ☐ 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or 

revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control 
over financial report under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C.762(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit 
report. Yes ý	No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ☐  No  ý
The aggregate market value of the Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $4.8 billion based upon the closing price of the 
Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on January 1, 2021, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal 
quarter.

Shares of Common Stock outstanding as of July 31, 2021: 56,234,113 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.
Exhibit Index on Page 88

1

 
MERCURY SYSTEMS, INC.

INDEX

PART I

PAGE
NUMBER
3

3

16

28

29

29

29

29

31

31

31

32

45

50

83

83

84

84

84

84

84

84

84

85

85

87

88

Business

Item 1.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.

Properties

Legal Proceedings

Item 3.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Item 4.1. Information About Our Executive Officers

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities

Selected Financial Data

Item 6.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Item 9.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Signatures

Exhibit Index

2

 
 
 
PART I

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Actual results 
could  differ  materially  from  those  set  forth  in  the  forward-looking  statements.  The  reader  may  find  discussions 
containing such forward-looking statements in the material set forth under “Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial  Conditions  and  Results  of  Operations”  as  well  as  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Certain 
factors  that  might  cause  such  a  difference  are  discussed  in  this  annual  report  on  Form  10-K,  including  in  the  section 
entitled “Risk Factors.”

When used in this report, the terms “Mercury,” “we,” “our,” “us,” and “the Company” refer to Mercury Systems, Inc. and 

its consolidated subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires or as otherwise indicated. 

Effective  July  1,  2019,  the  Company's  fiscal  year  has  changed  to  the  52-week  or  53-week  period  ending  on  the  Friday 
closest to the last day in June. All references to fiscal 2021 are to the 52-week period from July 4, 2020 to July 2, 2021. All 
references to fiscal 2020 are to the 53-week period from July 1, 2019 to July 3, 2020. All references to fiscal 2019 are to the 52-
week period from and July 1, 2018 to June 30, 2019. There have been no reclassifications of prior comparable periods due to 
this change.

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

Our Company

Mercury  Systems,  Inc.  is  a  leading  technology  company  serving  the  aerospace  and  defense  industry,  positioned  at  the 
intersection of high-tech and defense. Headquartered in Andover, Massachusetts, we deliver products and solutions that enable 
a  broad  range  of  aerospace  and  defense  programs,  optimized  for  mission  success  in  some  of  the  most  challenging  and 
demanding  environments.  We  envision,  create  and  deliver  innovative  technology  solutions  that  are  open,  purpose-built  and 
uncompromised to meet our customers’ most-pressing high-tech needs, including those specific to the defense community. 

As  a  leading  manufacturer  of  essential  components,  products,  modules  and  subsystems,  we  sell  to  defense  prime 
contractors, the U.S. government and original equipment manufacturers (“OEM”) commercial aerospace companies. Mercury 
has built a trusted, contemporary portfolio of proven product solutions purpose-built for aerospace and defense that it believes 
meets and exceeds the performance needs of our defense and commercial customers. Customers add their own applications and 
algorithms to our specialized, secure and innovative products and pre-integrated solutions. This allows them to complete their 
full  system  by  integrating  with  their  platform,  the  sensor  technology  and,  in  some  cases,  the  processing  from  Mercury.  Our 
products  and  solutions  are  deployed  in  more  than  300  programs  with  over  25  different  defense  prime  contractors  and 
commercial aviation customers. 

Mercury’s transformational business model accelerates the process of making new technology profoundly more accessible 
to  our  customers  by  bridging  the  gap  between  commercial  technology  and  aerospace  and  defense  applications.  Our  long-
standing  deep  relationships  with  leading  high-tech  companies,  coupled  with  our  high  level  of  research  and  development 
(“R&D”) investments and industry-leading trusted and secure design and manufacturing capabilities, are the foundational tenets 
of this highly successful model. We are leading the development and adaptation of commercial technology for aerospace and 
defense  solutions.  From  chip-scale  to  system  scale  and  from  radio  frequency  (“RF”)  to  digital,  we  make  mission-critical 
technologies safe, secure, affordable and relevant for our customers. 

Our  capabilities,  technology  and  R&D  investment  strategy  combine  to  differentiate  Mercury  in  our  industry.    Our 
technologies  and  capabilities  include  secure  embedded  processing  modules  and  subsystems,  mission  computers,  secure  and 
rugged  rack-mount  servers,  safety-critical  avionics,  components,  multi-function  assemblies,  subsystems  and  custom 
microelectronics.    We  maintain  our  technological  edge  by  investing  in  critical  capabilities  and  intellectual  property  (“IP”  or 
“building  blocks”)  in  processing  and  RF,  leveraging  open  standards  and  open  architectures  to  adapt  quickly  those  building 
blocks  into  solutions  for  highly  data-intensive  applications,  including  emerging  needs  in  areas  such  as  artificial  intelligence 
(“AI”).

Our  mission  critical  solutions  are  deployed  by  our  customers  for  a  variety  of  applications  including  command,  control, 
communications, computers, intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance (“C4ISR”), electronic intelligence, avionics, electro-
optical/infrared (“EO/IR”), electronic warfare, weapons and missile defense, hypersonics and radar. 

Our consolidated revenues, acquired revenues, net income, diluted earnings per share (“EPS”), adjusted earnings per share 
(“adjusted  EPS”)  and  adjusted  EBITDA  for  fiscal  2021  were  $924.0  million,  $88.4  million,  $62.0  million,  $1.12,  $2.42  and 
$201.9  million,  respectively.  Our  consolidated  revenues,  acquired  revenues,  net  income,  EPS,  adjusted  EPS  and  adjusted 
EBITDA for fiscal 2020 were $796.6 million, $0.9 million, $85.7 million, $1.56, $2.30 and $176.2 million, respectively. See 
the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of this annual report for a reconciliation of our acquired revenues, adjusted EPS and 
adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP measures.

3

1MPACT

On August 3, 2021, Mercury announced a companywide effort, called 1MPACT, to lay the foundation for the next phase 
of  the  Company’s  value  creation  at  scale.  The  goal  of  1MPACT  is  to  achieve  Mercury’s  full  growth,  margin  expansion  and 
adjusted EBITDA potential over the next five years. Since fiscal year 2014, Mercury has completed 13 acquisitions, deploying 
$1.2  billion  of  capital  and,  as  a  result,  dramatically  scaled  and  transformed  the  business.  Over  this  time,  the  Company  has 
extracted substantial revenue and cost synergies from each of these individual acquisitions. Now, as Mercury approaches the 
milestone  of  $1  billion  of  revenue,  management  believes  there  is  significant  opportunity  to  realize  further  scale  through 
consolidating and streamlining the Company’s organizational structure which will improve visibility, speed of decision making 
and  accountability.  1MPACT  will  be  led  by  a  new  Chief  Transformation  Officer,  and  will  focus  on  six  major  areas: 
organization  efficiency  and  scalability;  procurement  and  supply  chain;  facilities  optimization;  R&D  investment;  capital  and 
asset efficiency; and scalable common processes and systems. 

Our Business Strategy

Mercury’s  business  strategy  is  based  on  a  differentiated  market  position:  we  make  trusted,  secure,  mission  critical 
technologies  profoundly  more  accessible  to  the  aerospace  and  defense  industry.  We  leverage  cutting  edge  commercial 
technology innovations to develop complex, secure and reliable product solutions and subsystems, purpose built for aerospace 
and defense. We create leading-edge technologies customized for aerospace and defense applications, through above average 
industry investment on a percentage basis in R&D. Our strategy is built to meet the aerospace and defense market’s need for 
speed.

Our strategies for growth are as follows:

1. Invest  to  grow  organically:  Mercury  invests  in  our  people,  processes,  systems  and  trusted  manufacturing  assets  to 

support continued organic growth.

2. Expand  capabilities,  market  access  and  penetration  through  mergers  &  acquisitions  (“M&A”):  We  supplement  our 
organic  growth  by  expanding  capabilities,  market  access  and  penetration  through  a  disciplined  M&A  process  and  full 
acquisition integration to drive cost and revenue synergies.

3. Invest  in  trusted,  secure  Innovation  that  Matters®:  Mercury  develops  leading  edge  technologies,  customized  for 
aerospace  and  defense  applications,  through  above-average  industry  investment  on  a  percentage  basis  in  R&D.  Recently  our 
investments have been centered on trusted, secure Innovation that Matters®.

4. Continuously  improve  operational  capability  and  scalability:  We  drive  transformational  and  sustainable  business 

improvement and value creation across the enterprise.

5. Attract  and  retain  the  right  talent:  We  strive  to  continuously  improve  operational  capability  and  scalability  by 

attracting, retaining and engaging the right talent and supporting and promoting our culture and values.

Our  strategies  are  built  around  our  key  strengths  as  a  leading  technology  company  serving  the  aerospace  and  defense 
industry.  Our  strategies  include  innovation  and  investment  in  scaling  existing  capabilities,  as  well  as  augmenting  our 
capabilities through an acquisition strategy designed to focus on adjacent technologies. We believe our investment in R&D is 
more  than  double  that  of  our  competitors  on  a  percentage  basis.  Our  consistent  strategies  allow  us  to  assist  our  customers, 
mostly defense prime contractors, to reduce program cost, minimize technical risk, stay on schedule and on budget, and ensure 
trust and security in the supply chain. As a result we have successfully penetrated strategic programs including Aegis, Patriot, 
Lower  Tier  Air  &  Missile  Defense  Sensor  ("LTAMDS"),  Surface  Electronic  Warfare  Improvement  Program  (“SEWIP”), 
Gorgon Stare, Predator, F-35, Reaper, F-16 SABR, E2-D Hawkeye, Paveway, Filthy Buzzard, PGK, P-8, Advanced Integrated 
Defensive Electronic Warfare Suite (“AIDEWS”), Common Display System (“CDS”) and WIN-T.

We  are  committed  to  continued  investment  and  innovation  in  advanced  new  products  and  solutions  development  to 
maintain our competitive advantage, including in the fields of RF, analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog conversion, advanced 
multi-  and  many-core  sensor  processing  systems  including  graphics  processing  units  (“GPUs”),  safety-critical  design  and 
engineering, processing for AI, embedded security, digital storage, and digital radio frequency memory (“DRFM”) solutions, 
software defined communications capabilities, and advanced security technologies and capabilities. Concurrently, we leverage 
our engineering and development capabilities, including systems integration, to accelerate our strategy to become a commercial 
outsourcing  partner  to  the  large  defense  prime  contractors  as  they  seek  the  more  rapid  design,  development  and  delivery  of 
affordable,  commercially-developed,  open  architecture  solutions  within  the  markets  we  serve.  We  invest  in  scalable 
manufacturing operations in the U.S. to enable rapid, cost-effective deployment of our microelectronics and secure processing 
solutions to our customers.

Our  commercial  business  model  positions  us  to  be  compensated  for  non-recurring  engineering  which  supplements  our 
own  internal  R&D  investment.  We  typically  team  concurrently  with  multiple  defense  prime  contractors  as  they  pursue  new 

4

business with solutions they develop and market to the government, and engage with our customers early in the design cycle. 
Our engagement model can lead to long-term production revenue that continues after the initial services are delivered.

We  intend  to  add  capabilities,  through  both  M&A  and  investment  in  organic  growth,  both  horizontally  –  in  adjacent 

markets – and vertically – adding more content. For example:

• First, transition to pre-integrated subsystems: Mercury has expanded capabilities, particularly in integrated subsystems 
related to defense threats and increased system complexity, which in turn has driven greater outsourcing to us from our prime 
defense contractor and OEM customers. 

• Second, expansion into new submarkets: Within the major markets Mercury serves we have moved, for example, into 

electronic warfare, weapons systems, acoustics submarkets and C4I.

• Third, vertical expansion: As we continue to add content, we seek to apply technology to all computers on aerospace 

and defense platforms that require trusted, safe and secure processing.

• Fourth,  microelectronics:  Our  investment  domestically  in  next-generation  chiplet  technology,  from  chip-scale  to 

system scale.

Since July 2015, we have added substantial capabilities to our technology portfolio including: embedded security, with the 
acquisitions  of  Lewis  Innovative  Technologies  Inc.  (“LIT”),  custom  microelectronics,  RF  and  microwave  solutions,  and 
embedded  security,  with  the  carve-out  acquisition  from  Microsemi  Corporation  (the  “Carve-Out  Business”),  The  Athena 
Group, Inc. (“Athena”), Delta Microwave, LLC (“Delta”), Syntonic Microwave LLC (“Syntonic”), and Pentek Technologies, 
LLC and Pentek Systems, Inc. (collectively, "Pentek"); mission computing, safety-critical avionics and platform management, 
and  large  area  display  technology  with  the  CES  Creative  Electronic  Systems,  S.A.  (“CES”),  Richland  Technologies,  L.L.C. 
(“RTL”), GECO Avionics, LLC (“GECO”), American Panel Corporation (“APC”) and Physical Optics Corporation ("POC") 
acquisitions;  and  rugged  servers,  computers  and  storage  systems  with  the  acquisitions  of  Themis  Computer  (“Themis”)  and 
Germane Systems, LC (“Germane”).

We believe we have built the most trusted, proven, contemporary portfolio of solutions and sub-systems that are purpose-
built to meet or exceed our customers’ most pressing high-tech needs. We are investing in six highly differentiated capabilities 
embedded into our pre-integrated subsystem solutions and products.

•

Silicon. We adapt commercial Silicon Valley technology specifically for the aerospace and defense industry bringing 
cutting-edge  commercial  silicon  technology  to  the  Department  of  Defense  (“DoD”)  and  our  commercial  customers,  across 
platforms and programs, fast and affordably, from chip-scale to systems.

•

Speed.  We  believe  we  have  the  highest  performance  and  densest  processing  solutions  available  onboard  military 

platforms. We also have some of the highest performing broadband RF capability targeting electronic warfare applications.

•

SWaP. We have some of the best size, weight, power and cooling capabilities that ensure that our technology is able to 
run at the highest performance as well as the advanced ruggedization that is required to ensure that these technologies are able 
to operate consistently and effectively in the harsh environments in which they are required to operate.

•

Software.  We  have  some  of  the  most  advanced  open  middleware  and  software  that  allows  customers  to  port  their 

applications on top of open mission systems architecture. 

•

Security. We have industry-leading embedded security capabilities. We design, market and sell products intended to 

protect electronic systems that are critical to national security.

•

Safety.  We  design  safety-certifiable  processing  systems  up  to  the  highest  design  assurance  levels.  Our  products  are 
certifiable  to  the  highest  levels  of  software  critically  recognized  by  the  Federal  Aviation  Administration  (“FAA”),  European 
Union Aviation Safety Agency (“EASA”), Transport Canada and Joint Aviation Authorities (“JAA”).

Our Solutions and Products

We  deliver  technology  at  the  intersection  of  the  high-tech  and  defense  industries.  The  Mercury  difference  is  driven  by 

three key factors we promise to deliver to all of our customers: Trusted, Secure and Performance.

• Trusted:  A  trusted  partner  to  aerospace  and  defense,  delivering  the  most  advanced  and  secure  solutions  to  address 

accelerating global security challenges. 

•

Secure: Advanced embedded security capabilities – built-in, not bolted on – delivering uncompromised solutions in the 

face of growing cyber threats, and manufactured in Mercury facilities with superior ratings in industrial security.

• High Performance: Solutions that are among the highest performing available and optimized to meet the most rigorous 

demands of defense and commercial customers.

We  offer  a  broad  family  of  products  designed  to  meet  the  full  range  of  requirements  in  compute-intensive,  signal 
processing, image processing and command and control applications. To maintain a competitive advantage, we seek to leverage 

5

technology  investments  across  multiple  product  lines  and  product  solutions.  Examples  of  hardware  products  include  small, 
custom microelectronics, embedded sensor processing subsystems, RF and microwave components, modules, and subsystems, 
rugged servers, and avionics mission computers.

Our products are typically compute-intensive and require extremely high bandwidth and high throughput. These systems 
often  must  also  meet  significant  SWaP  constraints  for  use  in  aircraft,  unmanned  aerial  vehicles  (“UAVs”),  ships  and  other 
platforms and be ruggedized for use in harsh environments. They are primarily used in both commercial aerospace applications, 
such  as  communications  and  ground  radar  air  traffic  control,  as  well  as  advanced  defense  and  intelligence  applications, 
including space-time adaptive processing, synthetic aperture radar, airborne early warning, command, control, communication 
and  information  systems,  mission  planning,  image  intelligence  and  signal  intelligence  systems.  Our  products  transform  the 
massive streams of digital data created in these applications into usable information in real time. The systems can scale from a 
few processors to thousands of processors.

We group our products into the following categories:

• Components. Components include technology elements typically performing a single, discrete technological function, 
which when physically combined with other components may be used to create a module or subassembly. Examples include but 
are not limited to power amplifiers and limiters, switches, oscillators, filters, equalizers, digital and analog converters, chips, 
MMICs (monolithic microwave integrated circuits), and memory and storage devices.

• Modules  and  Subassemblies.  Modules  and  subassemblies  include  combinations  of  multiple  functional  technology 
elements and/or components that work together to perform multiple functions but are typically resident on or within a single 
board or housing. Modules and subassemblies may in turn be combined to form an integrated subsystem. Examples of modules 
and  subassemblies  include  but  are  not  limited  to  embedded  processing  modules,  embedded  processing  boards,  switch  fabric 
boards,  digital  receiver  boards,  graphics  and  video  processing  and  Ethernet  and  input/output  boards,  multi-chip  modules, 
integrated radio frequency and microwave multi-function assemblies, tuners and transceivers.

•

Integrated  Subsystems.  Integrated  subsystems  include  multiple  modules  and/or  subassemblies  combined  with  a 
backplane or similar functional element and software to enable a solution. These are typically but not always integrated within a 
chassis  and  with  cooling,  power  and  other  elements  to  address  various  requirements  and  are  also  often  combined  with 
additional  technologies  for  interaction  with  other  parts  of  a  complete  system  or  platform.  Integrated  subsystems  also  include 
spare and replacement modules and subassemblies sold as part of the same program for use in or with integrated subsystems 
sold by us.

By providing pre-integrated subsystems to our customers, we enable them to rapidly and cost-effectively port and adapt 
their applications to changing threats. This approach also saves our customers valuable time and expense, as their initial costs to 
integrate modules and components typically far exceed the costs of the individual product procurement. This benefit continues 
over  time  because  we  are  continually  investing  R&D  into  our  products.  This  allows  us  to  provide  our  customers  the  latest 
technologies  in  our  pre-integrated  subsystems  faster  than  they  can  typically  do  it  themselves.  We  believe  this  is  a  better 
business and technology model to operate within, as it continues to provide value and benefits to us and our customers over 
time.

To  address  the  current  challenges  facing  the  warfighter,  our  government  and  defense  prime  contractors,  we  have 
developed a new product architecture that supports a more dynamic, iterative, spiral development process by leveraging open 
architecture standards and leading-edge commercial technologies and products. Our open architecture is carried throughout our 
entire embedded computing product line from the very small form-factor subsystems to the high-end, where ultimate processing 
power  and  reliability  is  of  paramount  importance  to  the  mission.  Our  commercially-developed  product  capabilities  cover  the 
entire  intelligence,  surveillance  and  reconnaissance  (“ISR”)  spectrum  from  acquisition  and  digitization  of  the  signal,  to 
processing of the signal, through the exploitation and dissemination of the information. We work continuously to improve our 
hardware technology with an eye toward optimization of SWaP demands.

Mercury partners with global tech leaders to align technology roadmaps and deliver cutting-edge computing in scalable, 
field-deployable  form  factors  that  are  fully  configurable  to  each  unique  workload.  We  use  the  latest  Intel®  server-class 
processing products, Xilinx Field Programmable Gate Arrays (“FPGA”), as well as NVIDIA GPU products in our embedded 
high-performance processing technologies. While this multi-computing and embedded processing technology is one of our core 
skills, the SWaP constraints that are encountered in connection with the high-performance embedded processing applications 
create  unique  challenges.  For  example,  to  deal  with  the  heat  build-up  involved  in  small  subsystems,  we  introduced  a  key 
technology called Air Flow-By™ that enables previously unattainable levels of processing power within a small footprint by 
effectively  removing  heat  so  the  server-class  processors  can  perform  at  maximum  designed  power  limits.  In  rugged 
environments  where  air  is  limited,  such  as  high-altitude  operations,  our  Liquid-Flow-By™  technology  has  been  successfully 
customer  tested  allowing  maximum  server-class  processor  performance.  These  innovative  cooling  techniques  allow  full 
performance server-class processing in rugged environments enabling new and advanced modes of operation that enhance the 
multi-intelligence, situational awareness and electronic warfare capabilities in military platforms.

6

Embedded  systems  security  has  become  a  requirement  for  new  and  emerging  military  programs,  and  our  security 
solutions  are  a  critical  differentiator  from  our  traditional  competition.  Our  security  solutions,  combined  with  our  next-
generation secure Intel® server-class product line, together with increasingly frequent mandates from the government to secure 
electronic systems for domestic and foreign military sales, position us well to capitalize on DoD program protection security 
requirements.  Finally,  our  built-in  security  framework  creates  higher  product  differentiation,  and  drives  greater  program 
velocity, while lowering risk.

Open Standards Support

Mercury  has  a  long  history  of  driving  modular  open  systems  architectures  and  has  remained  committed  to  creating, 
advancing, and adopting open standards for all our products, from our smallest components and connectors to our largest, high-
performance, integrated multi-computer systems. With thirty-five years of technology leadership within the high-performance 
embedded computing industry, we have pioneered or contributed to the development of many of the defense industry’s current 
and  emerging  open  standards,  including  standards  such  as  RACEway,  RapidIO,  VXS,  VPX,  REDI  and  notably  OpenVPX. 
These open standards allow system integrators to benefit from the interoperability of modules produced by multiple vendors. 
We also continue to be influential in the industry-standards organizations associated with our market segments. As a member of 
the VMEbus International Trade Association (“VITA”), the Sensor Open Systems Architecture (“SOSA”) initiative, the Future 
Airborne  Capability  Environment  (“FACE”)  consortium,  and  the  Vehicular  Integration  for  C4ISR/EW  Interoperability 
(“VICTORY”)  consortium,  among  other  standards  bodies,  Mercury  is  helping  to  guide  the  aerospace  and  defense  industry 
toward  greater  openness  and  vendor  interoperability,  consistent  with  the  DoD’s  focus  on  using  modular  open  systems 
architectures (“MOSA”) in major programs.

Our software is based on open standards and includes heterogeneous processor support with extensive highly-optimized 
math  libraries,  multi-computing  switch  fabric  support,  net-centric  and  system  management  enabling  services,  extended 
operating system services, board support packages and development tools. This software platform delivers on the performance 
required for highly tuned real-time operation with the flexibility of open standards that are an essential ingredient of technology 
insertion and software life-cycle support.

As  the  U.S.  government  mandates  more  outsourcing  and  open  standards,  a  major  shift  is  occurring  within  the  defense 
prime contractor community towards procurement of integrated subsystems that enable quick application level porting through 
standards-based methodologies. We believe that our core expertise in this area is well aligned to capitalize on this trend. By 
leveraging our open architecture and high-performance modular product set, we provide defense prime contractors with rapid 
deployment and quick reaction capabilities through our professional services and systems integration offerings. This results in 
less risk for the defense prime contractors, shortened development cycles, quicker solution deployment and reduced life-cycle 
costs.

Commitment to Deliver Uncompromised

For  Mercury,  this  means  ensuring  our  products  and  solutions  have  not  been  and  cannot  be  tampered  with,  and  that 
what  we  deliver  to  our  customers  is  not  compromised  at  any  point  during  the  development  lifecycle,  from  procurement  to 
manufacturing. Our holistic approach to deliver uncompromised includes:

•
•
•
•

vigorously mitigating potential insider threats;
proactively protecting our IT infrastructure with strong cybersecurity defenses;
effectively managing and assessing our suppliers’ controls; and
judiciously controlling design information through the entire development process.

We are investing in digital transformation, insider trust, cybersecurity, supply chain management and trusted microelectronics, 
all integral to our commitment to being a leader in delivering uncompromised solutions to our customers.

7

Recent Acquisitions

Since  2011  we  have  successfully  acquired  16  businesses,  successfully  completing  integration  of  the  earlier  acquired 
businesses with the integration of the more recent acquisitions progressing well. The 13 acquisitions completed since July 1, 
2015 are shown below.

Name of Acquired Entities

Lewis Innovative Technologies, Inc.

Microsemi Carve-Out Business

CES Creative Electronic Systems S.A. 

Delta Microwave, LLC 

Richland Technologies L.L.C.

Themis Computer

Germane Systems, LC

GECO Avionics, LLC

The Athena Group, Inc.

Syntonic Microwave LLC

American Panel Corporation

Physical Optics Corporation

Pentek

Our Market Opportunity

Date of Acquisition

December 16, 2015

May 2, 2016

November 3, 2016

April 3, 2017

July 3, 2017

February 1, 2018

July 31, 2018

January 29, 2019

April 18, 2019

April 18, 2019

September 23, 2019

December 30, 2020

May 27, 2021

Our market opportunity is defined by the growing demand for domestically designed and manufactured secure sensor and 
safety-critical mission processing capabilities for critical aerospace, defense and intelligence applications. Our primary market 
positioning  is  centered  on  making  commercially  available  technologies  profoundly  more  accessible  to  the  aerospace  and 
defense  sector,  specifically  C4I  systems,  sensor  processing  and  electronic  warfare  systems;  and  commercial  markets,  which 
include  commercial  aerospace  communications  and  other  commercial  computing  applications.  We  believe  we  are  well-
positioned in growing sustainable market segments of the aerospace and defense sector that rely on advanced technologies to 
improve warfighter capability and provide enhanced force protection capabilities. The acquisitions of the Carve-Out Business, 
Delta, Syntonic and Pentek further improved our ability to compete successfully in these market segments by allowing us to 
offer  an  even  more  comprehensive  set  of  closely  related  capabilities.  The  CES,  RTL,  GECO,  APC,  and  POC  acquisitions 
provided  us  new  capabilities  that  substantially  expanded  our  addressable  market  into  defense  platform  management,  mission 
computing  and  commercial  aerospace  markets  that  are  aligned  to  our  existing  market  focus.  The  additions  of  Themis  and 
Germane provided us with new capabilities and positioned us with a significant footprint within the C2I rugged server business. 
Our  organic  investments  as  well  as  the  acquisitions  of  LIT,  the  Carve-Out  Business,  and  Athena  added  to  our  portfolio  of 
embedded security products that can be leveraged across our business. Finally, our CES addition, due to its location in Geneva, 
is helping to open more opportunities in international markets.

We believe there are a number of evolving trends that are reshaping our target markets and accordingly provide us with 

attractive growth opportunities. These trends include:

•The  aerospace  and  defense  electronics  market  is  expected  to  grow  in  2021  and  beyond.  According  to  Renaissance 
Strategic Advisors (“RSA”), as of August 2021, the global aerospace and defense electronics market is estimated to be 
$129 billion in 2021, growing to $148 billion by 2025. Within this global market, RSA estimates that the U.S. defense 
electronics  market  will  be  approximately  $72  billion  in  2021,  growing  to  $78  billion  in  2025.  The  aerospace  and 
defense  electronics  marketplace  consists  of  two  primary  subsegments:  (i)  C4I  and  (ii)  sensor  and  effector  mission 
systems.  C4I  encompasses  platform  and  mission  management,  which  include  avionics  and  vetronics,  C2I,  which 
includes  command  and  control  and  intelligence,  and  dedicated  communications  processing.  Sensor  and  effector 
mission  systems  are  primarily  different  types  of  sensor  modalities  such  as  electronic  warfare,  radar,  EO/IR,  and 
acoustics as well as weapons systems such as missiles and munitions. Within the global Tier 2 C4I market in which we 
participate, RSA estimates the market for 2021 to be $6.7 billion for platform and mission management, $8.3 billion 
for C2I, and $8.9 billion for dedicated communications. RSA estimates the compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) 
from  2021-2025  for  these  markets  to  be  6.6%  for  platform  and  mission  management,  3.8%  for  C2I,  and  3.3%  for 
dedicated  communications.  Within  the  global  Tier  2  sensor  and  effector  mission  systems  market  in  which  we 
participate,  RSA  estimates  the  market  for  2021  to  be  $5.7  billion  for  electronic  warfare,  $5.8  billion  for  radar,  $2.0 
billion  for  EO/IR,  $1.2  billion  for  acoustics,  and  $3.4  billion  for  weapons  systems.  RSA  estimates  the  2021-2025 

8

CAGR for these markets to be 3.1% for electronic warfare, 2.9% for radar, 4.0% for EO/IR, 4.4% for acoustics, and 
3.3% for weapons systems. Within the context of the overall U.S. defense budget and spending for defense electronics 
specifically, we believe the C4ISR, electronic warfare, guided missiles and precision munitions, and ballistic missile 
defense market segments have a high priority for future DoD spending. We continue to build on our strengths in the 
design  and  development  of  performance  optimized  electronic  subsystems  for  these  markets,  and  often  team  with 
multiple defense prime contractors as they bid for projects, thereby increasing our chance of a successful outcome. We 
expect to continue our above industry-average growth.

•The rapidly expanding demand for tactical ISR is leading to significant growth in sensor data being generated, leading 
to even greater demand for the capability of our products to securely store and process data onboard platforms. An 
increase  in  the  prevalence  and  resolution  of  ISR  sensors  is  generating  significant  growth  in  the  associated  data  that 
needs to be stored and turned into information for the warfighter in a timely manner. In addition, several factors are 
driving the defense and intelligence industries to demand greater capability to collect, store, and process data onboard 
the  aircraft,  UAVs,  ships  and  other  vehicles,  which  we  refer  to  collectively  as  platforms.  These  factors  include  the 
limited communications bandwidth of existing platforms, the need for platforms that can operate more autonomously 
and  possibly  in  denied  communications  environments,  the  need  for  platforms  with  increased  persistence  to  enable 
them  to  remain  in  or  fly  above  the  battlefield  for  extended  periods,  and  the  need  for  greater  onboard  processing 
capabilities. In addition, the advent of sophisticated AI algorithms is beginning to revolutionize the ability of sensor 
processing  systems  to  intelligently  and  efficiently  process  and  act  upon  these  large  data  sets.  Standard  computing 
architectures and computing platforms currently do not offer the level of performance needed to optimize existing AI 
algorithms, creating an additional opportunity for advanced processing capabilities onboard the platform.

•Rogue  nations’  missile  programs  and  threats  from  peer  nations  are  causing  greater  investment  in  advanced  new 
radar, electronic warfare and ballistic missile defense capabilities. There are a number of new and emerging threats, 
such as peer nations developing stealth technologies, including stealth aircraft, new anti-ship ballistic missiles and a 
variety  of  other  advanced  missile  capabilities.  Additionally,  U.S.  armed  forces  require  enhanced  signals  intelligence 
and jamming capabilities. In response to these emerging threats, we have participated in key DoD programs, including 
Aegis, Patriot, SEWIP, LTAMDS, F-22 Raptor, F-35 Joint Strike Fighter and upgrade programs for the F-15, F-16, 
V-22 and F/A-18.

•The long-term DoD budget pressure is pushing more dollars toward upgrades of the electronic subsystems on existing 
platforms,  which  may  increase  demand  for  our  products.  The  DoD  is  moving  from  major  new  weapons  systems 
developments to upgrades of the electronic subsystems on existing platforms. These upgrades are expected to include 
more  sensors,  signal  processing,  ISR  algorithms,  multi-intelligence  fusion  and  exploitation,  computing  and 
communications.  We  believe  that  upgrades  to  provide  new  urgent  war  fighting  capability,  driven  by  combatant 
commanders,  are  occurring  more  rapidly  than  traditional  defense  prime  contractors  can  easily  react  to.  We  believe 
these trends will cause defense prime contractors to increasingly seek out our high-performance, cost-effective open 
architecture products.

•Defense  procurement  reform  is  causing  the  defense  prime  contractors  to  outsource  more  work  to  commercial 
companies and we believe that prime contractor outsourcing is our largest secular growth opportunity. RSA estimates 
that in 2021 the U.S. defense Tier 2 embedded computing and RF market addressable by suppliers such as Mercury is 
approximately  $24  billion.  RSA  estimates  that  the  U.S.  defense  prime  contractors  currently  outsource  only  a  small 
percentage of their work. On a global basis the Tier 2 embedded computing and RF market in 2021 is estimated by 
RSA to be $42 billion. The U.S. government is intensely focused on making systems more affordable and shortening 
their  development  time.  In  addition,  the  U.S.  government  is  challenging  defense  prime  contractors  to  leverage 
commercial technology wherever possible. This trend, along with a scarcity of technical and engineering talent in the 
market, is causing defense prime contractors to outsource to companies like Mercury, which we believe is our largest 
secular growth opportunity. As a merchant supplier of commercial technologies to the defense industry, we believe our 
products and subsystem solutions are often more affordable than solutions with the same functionality developed by a 
defense prime contractor. In addition, we believe our size, scale, and stability in addition to the investments we have 
made in our domestic manufacturing capabilities and infrastructure, make us a more reliable and attractive outsourcing 
partner  for  our  customers  relative  to  smaller  sub-scale  providers.  These  factors  are  providing  incentives  for  defense 
prime  contractors  to  outsource  more  work  to  subcontractors  with  significant  expertise  and  cost-effective  technology 
capabilities  and  solutions,  and  we  have  transformed  our  business  model  over  the  last  several  years  to  address  these 
long-term outsourcing trends and other needs.

•DoD  security  and  program  protection  requirements  are  creating  new  opportunities  for  domestic  sourcing  and  our 
advanced secure processing capabilities. The U.S. government is focused on ensuring that the U.S. military protects 
its  defense  electronic  systems  and  the  information  held  within  them  from  nefarious  activities  such  as  tampering, 
reverse engineering and other forms of advanced attacks, including cyber. The requirement to add security comes at a 
time  when  the  commercial  technology  world  continues  to  offshore  more  of  the  design,  development,  manufacturing 

9

and  support  of  such  capabilities,  making  it  more  difficult  to  protect  against  embedded  vulnerabilities,  tampering, 
reverse engineering and other undesired activities. The DoD has a mandate to ensure both the provenance and integrity 
of the technology and its associated supply chain. These factors have created a unique opportunity for us to expand 
beyond sensor processing into the provision of technologies ranging from advanced secure processing subsystems to 
miniaturized  custom  microelectronics  devices  and  capabilities  for  other  on  board  critical  computing  applications 
designed, developed, manufactured and supported in the U.S.A. In addition, advanced systems sold to foreign military 
buyers also require protection so that the technologies, techniques and data associated with them do not become more 
widely available, which further enhances our market opportunity.

•Mercury is well-positioned to help address the need for DoD to access the latest commercial silicon, combined with 
the desire to ensure a trusted domestic supply of silicon technologies. In June 2020, DoD elevated microelectronics to 
its number one technology priority. This decision was based primarily on the proliferation and advances in commercial 
silicon but also the realization that DoD needs to be able to access these technologies in a trusted, secure and domestic 
manner. We believe Mercury is the leading provider of commercially-developed silicon purpose-built for the specific 
requirements  of  aerospace  &  defense.  This  capability  began  with  our  2016  acquisition  of  the  Carve-Out  Business, 
which  included  capabilities  in  trusted  and  secure  microelectronics.  Since  the  acquisition,  we  have  made  additional 
investments in security and advanced packaging, most notably our announced $15 million capital investment in fiscal 
year  2020  to  expand  our  trusted  custom  microelectronics  business  in  Phoenix,  Arizona,  to  bring  cutting-edge 
commercial  silicon  to  the  DoD.  This  initiative  is  specifically  intended  to  bridge  DoD  technologies  from  monolithic 
ASIC designs, which are purpose-built for DoD but are deployed on legacy silicon designs, to heterogeneous “chiplet” 
architectures,  which  leverage  best-of-breed  silicon  from  commercial  providers  and  packages  the  silicon  for  defense-
specific applications, including the ability to embed security into the device itself.

Our Competitive Strengths 

We believe the following competitive strengths will allow us to take advantage of the evolving trends in our industry and 

successfully pursue our business strategy:

•Subsystem Solutions Provider for the C4ISR and Electronic Warfare Markets. Through our commercially developed, 
specialized processing subsystem solutions, we address the challenges associated with the collection and processing of 
massive, continuous streams of data and dramatically shorten the time that it takes to give information to U.S. armed 
forces at the tactical edge. Our solutions are specifically designed for flexibility and interoperability, allowing our 
products to be easily integrated into larger system-level solutions. Our ability to integrate subsystem-level capabilities 
allows us to provide solutions that most effectively address the mission-critical challenges within the C4ISR market, 
including multi-intelligence data fusion and AI processing onboard the platform. We leverage our deep expertise in 
embedded multicomputing, embedded sensor processing, with the addition of our RF microwave and millimeter 
subsystems and components, along with strategic investments in research and development to provide solutions across 
the sensor processing chain.

•Diverse Mix of Stable, Growth Programs Aligned with DoD Funding Priorities. Our products and solutions have been 
deployed on more than 300 different programs and over 25 different defense prime contractors. We serve high priority 
markets for the DoD and foreign militaries, such as UAVs, ballistic missile defense, guided missiles and precision 
munitions, airborne reconnaissance, electronic warfare, and have secured positions on mission-critical programs 
including Aegis, Predator and Reaper UAVs, F-35 Joint Strike Fighter, LTAMDS, Patriot missile, SEWIP and 
Paveway. In addition, we consistently leverage our technology and capabilities across multiple programs, providing 
significant operating leverage and cost savings. Our recent acquisitions allow us to participate in a broader array of 
programs, many with key strategic customers of ours.

•We are a leading technology company serving the aerospace and defense industry. We have a portfolio of Open 
Standards Architecture (“OSA”) technology building blocks across the entire sensor processing chain. We offer 
embedded secure processing capabilities with advanced packaging and cooling technologies that ruggedize 
commercial technologies while allowing them to stay cool for reliable operation. These capabilities allow us to help 
our customers meet the demanding SWaP requirements of today’s defense platforms. Our pre-integrated subsystems 
improve affordability by substantially reducing customer system integration costs and time-to-market for our solutions. 
System integration costs are one of the more substantial costs our customers bear in developing and deploying 
technologies in defense programs and platforms. Our pre-integrated solutions approach allows for more rapid and 
affordable modernization of existing platforms and faster deployment of new platforms.

Our strengths in this area include our position as an early and leading advocate for OSA in defense, offering Intel® server 
class processing form factors across 3/6U OpenVPX, ATCA and rack-mount architectures, and high density, secure solutions 
across  multiple  hardware  architectures  to  seamlessly  scale  to  meet  our  customers’  SWaP  requirements.  In  addition,  we  have 
a  30-year  legacy  of  system  management  and  system  integration  expertise  that  allows  us  to  reduce  technical  risk,  while 

10

improving  affordability  and  interoperability.  Our  system  integration  expertise  is  a  cornerstone  in  helping  us  support  our 
customers in deploying pre-integrated, OSA subsystems.

As  more  commercial  technology  companies  move  the  design,  development,  manufacturing  and  support  of  their 
technologies offshore, the DoD is looking to domestic technology providers to develop a sustainable, U.S.-based trusted supply 
chain.  Over  several  years  we  have  been  building  out  our  capacity  for  domestic  manufacturing  through  our  Advanced 
Microelectronics  Centers  (“AMCs”).  These  facilities  provide  significant  scale  and  capacity  for  our  defense  prime  customers, 
who  have  been  increasingly  willing  to  outsource  to  partners  with  the  scale  needed  to  meet  large  program  production 
requirements.  In  addition,  our  Phoenix,  Arizona  AMC  is  a  Defense  Microelectronics  Activity  (“DMEA”)-certified,  trusted 
manufacturing facility, which represents a significant competitive advantage. Our Phoenix AMC also includes a surface mount 
technology manufacturing capability which we refer to as our U.S. Manufacturing Operations (“USMO”).

•We provide advanced, integrated security features for our products and subsystems, addressing an increasingly 
prevalent requirement for DoD program security. We offer secure processing expertise that is built-in to our pre-
integrated subsystems. By doing this we are able to provide secure building blocks that allow our customers to also 
incorporate their own security capabilities. This assists our customers in ensuring program protection as they deploy 
critical platforms and programs, all in support of DoD missions. The acquisition of the Carve-Out Business brought us 
new security technologies and also allowed us to provide enhanced security capabilities in areas such as memory and 
storage devices. Our acquisitions of the Carve-Out Business, LIT and Athena also added to our portfolio of 
sophisticated firmware and software specifically designed to secure microelectronic devices that can be leveraged 
across our product portfolio.

•We are pioneering a next generation business model. The DoD and the defense industrial base is currently undergoing 
a major transformation. Domestic political and budget uncertainty, geopolitical instability and evolving global threats 
have become constants. The defense budget remains under pressure and R&D and technology spending are often in 
budgetary competition with the increasing costs of military personnel requirements, health care costs and other 
important elements within the DoD and the Federal budget generally. Finally, defense acquisition reform calls for the 
continued drive for innovation and competition within the defense industrial base, while also driving down acquisition 
costs. Our approach is built around a few key pillars:

• We continue to leverage our expertise in building pre-integrated subsystems in support of critical defense 

programs, driving out procurement costs by lowering integration expenses of our customers.

• We have been a pioneer in driving OSA for both embedded computing and RF.

• The DoD has asked defense industry participants to invest their own resources into R&D. This approach is a 

pillar of our business model.

• Security and program protection are now critical considerations for both program modernizations as well as 
for new program deployment. We are now in our fourth generation of building secure embedded processing 
solutions.

We have a next generation business model built to meet the emerging needs of the DoD.

•Value-Added Subsystem Solution Provider for Defense Prime Contractors. Because of the DoD’s continuing shift 
toward a firm fixed price contract procurement model, an increasingly uncertain budgetary and procurement 
environment, and increased budget pressures from both the U.S. and allied governments, defense prime contractors are 
accelerating their move toward outsourcing opportunities to help mitigate the increased program and financial risk. 
Our differentiated secure sensor and safety-critical processing solutions offer meaningful capabilities upgrades for our 
customers and enable the rapid, cost-effective deployment of systems to the end customer. We believe our open 
architecture subsystems offer differentiated sensor processing and data analytics capabilities that cannot be easily 
replicated. Our solutions minimize program risk, maximize application portability, and accelerate customers’ time to 
market, all within a fixed-pricing contracting environment.

•Delivery of Platform-Ready Solutions for Classified Programs. We believe our integration work through our Cypress, 
California facility provides us with critical insights as we implement and incorporate key classified government 
intellectual property, including critical intelligence and signal processing algorithms, into advanced systems. This 
integration work provides us the opportunity to combine directly and integrate our technology building blocks along 
with our intellectual property into our existing embedded processing products and solutions, enabling us to deliver 
more affordable, platform-ready integrated ISR subsystems that leverage our OSA and address key government 
technology and procurement concerns. Our operations in this environment also help us identify emerging needs and 
opportunities to influence our future product development, so that critical future needs can be met in a timely manner 
with commercially-developed products and solutions.

11

•We have invested in advanced, domestic design and manufacturing capabilities. Over the past several years we have 
prioritized investments to build our internal capabilities and capacity for defense electronics design and manufacturing 
in the U.S. These investments include the consolidation of a number of sub-scale microelectronics manufacturing 
facilities into our modern AMCs as well as the establishment of our USMO in Phoenix, Arizona. In addition to the 
consolidation of facilities into scalable engineering and manufacturing centers of excellence, we have made the 
necessary investments to outfit these facilities with modern, scalable and redundant tools and equipment to promote 
quality, efficiency, throughput and redundancy. In addition we invested in our information technology (“IT”) 
infrastructure and business systems to meet Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (“DFARS”) 
requirements for cybersecurity. These investments taken together are intended to demonstrate our commitment to 
meeting DoD expectations for a trusted and secure defense industrial base. Our AMCs in Hudson, New Hampshire, 
West Caldwell, New Jersey, Oxnard, California, Huntsville, Alabama and Phoenix, Arizona are strategically located 
near key customers and are purpose-built for the design, build and test of RF components and subsystems in support of 
a variety of key customer programs. Our USMO is built around scalable, repeatable, secure, affordable and predictable 
manufacturing. The USMO is a DMEA certified secure trusted site, certified to AS9100 quality standards and it 
utilizes Lean Six Sigma methodologies throughout manufacturing. The USMO is designed for efficient manufacturing, 
enabling our customers to access the best proven technology and high performing, secure processing solutions. This 
allows for the most repeatable product performance, while optimizing affordability and production responsiveness. 

•Long-Standing Industry Relationships. We have established long-standing relationships with defense prime 
contractors, the U.S. government and other key organizations in the defense industry over our 30 years in the defense 
electronics industry. Our customers include Airbus, BAE Systems, Boeing, General Atomics, General Dynamics, 
L3Harris Technologies, Leonardo, Lockheed Martin Corporation, Northrop Grumman Corporation, and Raytheon 
Technologies. Over this period, we have become recognized for our ability to develop new technologies and meet 
stringent program requirements. We believe we are well-positioned to maintain these high-level customer 
engagements and enhance them through the additional relationships that our recently acquired businesses have with 
many of the same customers.

•Proven Management Team. Our senior management team has developed a long-term compelling strategy for the 
aerospace and defense markets. Our senior management team has a history of identifying and evaluating successful 
business acquisition opportunities, performing in-depth due diligence, negotiating with owners and management, 
structuring, financing and closing transactions and then integrating the acquired business resulting in the creation of 
synergies and enhanced overall returns. Having completed these critical steps with a senior management team with 
significant experience in growing, scaling and acquiring businesses, we believe that we have demonstrated our 
operational capabilities and we are well-positioned to continue growing and scaling our business.

•Leading M&A Origination and Execution Capability. We have a strong track-record of identifying and executing 
strategic acquisitions. Since July 1, 2015 we have acquired 13 businesses, which are strategically aligned with 
Mercury, successfully completing integration of the earlier acquired businesses with the integration of the more recent 
acquisitions progressing well. We have established an internal team that brings decades of experience across more than 
100 transactions. We have developed internal processes to identify and source strategic acquisitions on a proprietary 
basis and negotiated directly with owners on a number of acquisitions. In addition, we have developed relationships 
with a number of investment banks and other sell-side advisors, as well as a reputation as a preferred acquirer, which 
allow us access to targeted or widely-marketed M&A processes. Our internal capabilities include financial, legal and 
other transaction diligence, deal valuation and deal negotiations. Where appropriate, we leverage third party advisors 
to supplement our internal diligence. We have a proven ability to execute numerous transactions simultaneously 
effectively and efficiently.

•Proven M&A Integration Capability. We have developed the internal processes and capability to integrate acquired 
businesses to deliver value through revenue and cost synergies. We leverage our common cultures and values as well 
as common processes, business systems, tools, channels and manufacturing infrastructure to accelerate growth and 
improve profitability in our acquired businesses.

Competition

We  operate  in  a  highly  competitive  marketplace  characterized  by  rapidly  changing  technology,  frequent  product 
performance improvements, increasing speed of deployment to align with warfighters’ needs and evolving industry standards 
and  requirements  coming  from  our  customers  or  the  DoD.  Competition  typically  occurs  at  the  design  stage  of  a  prospective 
customer’s product, where the customer evaluates alternative technologies and design approaches. We work with defense prime 
contractors  as  well  as  directly  with  the  DoD.  We  help  drive  subsystem  development  and  deployment  in  both  classified  and 
unclassified environments.

12

The principal competitive factors in our market are price/performance value proposition, available new products at the 
time of design win engagement, services and systems integration capability, effective marketing and sales efforts and reputation 
in  the  market.  Our  competitive  strengths  include  rapid,  innovative  engineering  in  both  hardware  and  software  products, 
subsystem design expertise, advanced packaging capability to deliver the most optimized SWaP solution possible, our ability to 
respond rapidly to varied customer requirements and a track record of successfully supporting many high profile programs in 
the defense market. There are competitors in the different market segments and application types in which we participate. Some 
of these competitors are larger and have greater resources than us. Some of these competitors compete against us at purely a 
component or board-level, others at a subsystem level. We also compete with in-house design teams at our customers. The DoD 
as well as the defense prime contractors are pushing for more outsourcing of subsystem designs to mitigate risk and to enable 
concurrent  design  of  the  platform  which  ultimately  leads  to  faster  time  to  deployment.  We  have  aligned  our  strategy  to 
capitalize on that trend and are leveraging our long standing subsystem expertise to provide this value to our customers.

Research and Product Development

Our R&D efforts are focused on developing new products and subsystems as well as enhancing existing hardware and 
software products in mission, signal and image processing. Our R&D goal is to fully exploit and maintain our technological 
lead in the high-performance, real-time sensor processing industry and in mission computing, platform management and other 
safety-critical  applications.  Expenditures  for  research  and  development  amounted  to  $113.5  million,  $98.5  million  and  $68.9 
million in fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of July 2, 2021, we had 791 employees, including hardware and 
software  architects  and  design  engineers,  primarily  engaged  in  engineering  and  research  and  product  development  activities. 
These individuals, in conjunction with our sales team, also devote a portion of their time to assisting customers in utilizing our 
products, developing new uses for these products and anticipating customer requirements for new products.

Manufacturing  

The  majority  of  our  sales  are  produced  in  AS9100  quality  system-certified  facilities.  The  current  scope  of  delivered 
hardware  products  includes  commercial  and  industrial  class  printed  circuit  board  assemblies  (modules),  complex  chassis 
subsystems, rugged display system and servers and RF and microwave components and subsystems.

Our Phoenix, Arizona AMC manufactures our custom microelectronics products in an AS9100 quality system-certified 
facility.  Our  Phoenix,  Arizona  facility  also  contains  our  USMO,  which  is  an  IPC1791  and  DMEA-certified  trusted 
manufacturing facility and is primarily focused on advanced secure system-on-chip design, assembly, packaging and test. Our 
Oxnard,  California  facility  manufactures  radio  frequency  and  microwave  products  in  an  AS9100  quality  system-certified 
facility. Our Cypress, California, West Lafayette, Indiana, Huntsville, Alabama and Mesa, Arizona facilities are AS9100 quality 
systems-certified  facilities  as  well.  Our  Fremont,  California  and  Alpharetta,  Georgia  facilities  are  ISO  9001:2015  quality 
systems-certified. Our Chantilly, Virginia facility is an IPC1791 and AS9100 quality systems-certified facility. Our Andover, 
Massachusetts  and  Hudson,  New  Hampshire  facilities  design  and  assemble  our  processing  products  and  are  AS9100  quality 
systems-certified  facilities.  Our  Andover,  Massachusetts  facility  is  also  a  DMEA-certified  trusted  design  facility  and  is 
primarily focused on advanced security features for the processing product line. Our Hudson, New Hampshire facility is also 
IPC1791  certified.  Our  Geneva,  Switzerland  facility,  the  headquarters  of  Mercury's  European  operations,  provides  electronic 
design and manufacturing, maintenance and support services and is AS9001 and EASA Part 145 quality systems-certified. Our 
Silchester,  England  facility  provides  engineering,  development  and  integration  services  and  is  AS9100  quality  systems-
certified.

We rely on both vertical integration and subcontracting to contract manufacturers to meet our manufacturing needs. Our 
USMO  and  Geneva  facilities  have  the  manufacturing  capabilities  to  complete  the  assembly  and  testing  for  certain  of  our 
embedded multi-computing products. We subcontract as needed a portion of the assembly and testing for our other embedded 
multi-computing  products  to  contract  manufacturers  in  the  U.S.  to  build  to  our  specifications.  Our  printed  circuit  board 
assemblies  and  chassis  subsystems'  manufacturing  operations  also  consist  of  materials  planning  and  procurement,  final 
assembly and test and logistics (inventory and traffic management). Our vertically integrated subsystem product solutions rely 
on  strong  relationships  with  strategic  suppliers  to  ensure  on-time  delivery  and  high  quality  products.  We  manage  supplier 
performance and capability through quality audits and stringent source, incoming and/or first article inspection processes. We 
have  a  comprehensive  quality  and  process  control  plan  for  each  of  our  products,  which  include  an  effective  supply  chain 
management  program  and  the  use  of  automated  inspection  and  test  equipment  to  assure  the  quality  and  reliability  of  our 
products.  We  perform  most  post  sales  service  obligations  (both  warranty  and  other  lifecycle  support)  in-house  through  a 
dedicated  service  and  repair  operation.  We  periodically  review  our  contract  manufacturing  capabilities  to  ensure  we  are 
optimized for the right mix of quality, affordability, performance and on-time delivery.

Our  AMC  in  Phoenix,  Arizona  is  built  around  scalable,  repeatable,  secure,  affordable,  and  predictable  manufacturing. 
The high mix, low volume and high complexity/density nature of our products require speed and seamless interaction with all 
internal functions (as opposed to with an external contract manufacturer) which is a key value proposition of the USMO. The 
USMO is also designed for efficient showcasing to customers who at any point wish to access the best proven technology and 

13

high  performing,  secure  electronics  and  processing  manufacturing  solutions  within  a  broader  product  company  such  as 
Mercury. Proximity and interaction with our internal engineering organization is a significant benefit. This allows for the most 
repeatable  product  performance,  while  optimizing  affordability  and  production  responsiveness.  The  Phoenix  AMC  also 
provides  manufacturing  and  assembly  for  SWaP-optimized  multi-chip  modules  and  system-in-package  devices.  We  combine 
surface-mount,  flip  chip,  die  attach,  wire  bond  and  rugged  3D  packaging  on  the  same  devices  to  provide  a  swap-optimized 
solution for our customers.

The  Hudson,  New  Hampshire,  West  Caldwell,  New  Jersey,  and  Oxnard,  California  facilities  are  specifically  aimed  at 
providing  scalable  manufacturing  within  our  critical  businesses.  We  leverage  best  practices  in  design,  development, 
manufacturing  and  materials  handling  at  these  production  and  subsystems  integration  facilities.  These  facilities  include  the 
design, build and test of both RF and microwave components and subsystems in support of a variety of key customer programs.  
Our  Alpharetta,  Georgia  facility  offers  active  matrix  liquid  crystal  display  systems  which  enhances  the  highly  sophisticated 
man/machine  interface.  Our  recent  acquisition  of  POC  in  Torrance,  CA  is  an  AS9100  facility  that  offers  Avionics  Safety-
Certifiable subsystems.

Although  we  generally  use  standard  parts  and  components  for  our  products,  certain  components,  including  custom 
designed ASICs, static random access memory, FPGAs, microprocessors and other third-party chassis peripherals (single board 
computers, power supplies, blowers, etc.), are currently available only from a single source or from limited sources. Prior to the 
global  COVID-19  pandemic,  we  launched  efforts  to  increase  our  spend  under  long-term  procurement  agreements.  This  has 
proven very beneficial during the severe supply constraints we have faced, which have driven significant price increases across 
the industry. We have generally been able to obtain adequate supplies of components in a timely manner from current vendors 
or, when necessary to meet production needs, from alternate vendors. We believe that, in most cases, alternate vendors can be 
identified if current vendors are unable to fulfill needs. 

We also design, develop and manufacture DRFM units for a variety of modern electronic warfare applications, as well as 
radar environment simulation and test systems for defense and intelligence applications. We develop high performance signals 
intelligence payloads and EO/IR technologies for small UAV platforms as well as powerful onboard UAV processor systems 
for real-time wide area motion imagery.

Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights

As of July 2, 2021, we held 90 patents of varying duration issued in the United States. We file U.S. patent applications 
and,  where  appropriate,  foreign  patent  applications.  We  also  file  continuations  to  cover  both  new  and  improved  designs  and 
products. At present, we have several U.S. and foreign patent applications in process.

We  also  rely  on  a  combination  of  trade  secret,  copyright  and  trademark  laws,  as  well  as  contractual  agreements,  to 
safeguard our proprietary rights in technology and products. In seeking to limit access to sensitive information to the greatest 
practical extent, we routinely enter into confidentiality and assignment of invention agreements with each of our employees and 
consultants and nondisclosure agreements with our key customers and vendors.

Mercury  Systems,  Innovation  that  Matters,  Armor,  ASSURE-Stor,  EchoCore,  Echotek,  Ensemble,  MultiCore  Plus, 
NanoATR,  NanoPAK,  NanoSWITCH,  PowerBlock,  PowerStream,  RACE,  RACE  Series,  Race++  Series,  Themis,  TRRUST-
Stor,  and  TRRUST-Purge  are  registered  trademarks;  and  Air  Flow-By,  BuiltSAFE,  BuiltSECURE,  CANGuard,  CodeSEAL, 
EnforcIT-S,  EnsembleSeries,  EnterpriseSeries,  Liquid  Flow-By,  OpenRFM,  POET,  SecureBootFPGA,  SpectrumSeries,  and 
WhiteboxCRYPTO  are  trademarks  of  Mercury  Systems,  Inc.  OpenVPX  is  a  trademark  of  the  VMEbus  International  Trade 
Association.  All  other  trademarks  and  registered  trademarks  are  the  property  of  their  respective  holders,  and  are  hereby 
acknowledged.

Backlog

As  of  July  2,  2021,  we  had  a  backlog  of  orders  aggregating  approximately  $909.6  million,  of  which  $530.0  million  is 
expected to be delivered within the next twelve months. As of July 3, 2020, backlog was approximately $831.1 million. We 
include in our backlog customer orders for products and services for which we have accepted signed purchase orders, as long as 
that order is scheduled to ship or invoice in whole, or in part, within the next 24 months. Orders included in backlog may be 
canceled or rescheduled by customers, although the customer may incur cancellation penalties depending on the timing of the 
cancellation. A variety of conditions, both specific to the individual customer and generally affecting the customer’s industry, 
may cause customers to cancel, reduce or delay orders that were previously made or anticipated. We cannot assure the timely 
replacement of canceled, delayed or reduced orders. 

14

Employees

At July 2, 2021, we employed a total of 2,384 people excluding contractors, including 791 in research and development, 
135 in sales and marketing, 891 in manufacturing and customer support and 567 in general and administrative functions. We 
have 141 employees located in Europe, six located in Canada, and one located in Japan, and 2,236 located in the United States. 
We do not have any employees represented by a labor organization, and we believe that our relations with our employees are 
good. We also use contractors on an as-needed basis.

Human Capital 

At Mercury, our people are at the center of everything we do in driving Innovation That Matters® for our customers. We 
recognize that Mercury will succeed only if our employees are engaged, given an opportunity to develop and provided with a 
safe workplace that values diverse perspectives. Our Board of Directors provides oversight of our people practices, including 
regularly reviewing workforce metrics, including the metrics described below. Additional data related to these metrics can be 
found on our website at www.mrcy.com under the Company – Environmental, Social and Governance tab (our “Website”).

•

•

•

•

Employee Overview: As of July 2, 2021, we had 2,384 employees around the globe. Our primary operations are in 
the U.S. with 2,175 employees and we operate offices in 11 states. Mercury also has operations in Europe, Asia and 
Canada. No employees are covered by any collective bargaining or similar agreements. 

Culture and Employee Engagement: We believe our workplace culture drives engagement that turns ideas into 
action, delivering trusted and secure solutions at the speed of innovation. Our investment in our employees extends to 
our workplaces. Over the last fiscal year, Mercury’s Phoenix, Arizona, facility, our largest manufacturing facility, was 
recognized as Medium Manufacturer of the Year by the Arizona Manufacturers Council for its accomplishments in 
championing innovation, excellence, sustainability and leadership in the manufacturing sector. We also encourage 
employees to give back to our communities. During the pandemic, Mercury and its employees contributed over 
$100,000 to a fund used to thank healthcare workers in our communities with gift cards. The Boston Globe also ranked 
Mercury for 2020 one of the Top Places to Work in Massachusetts, where we are headquartered with over 300 
employees as of July 2, 2021.

Mercury  regularly  seeks  employee  input  through  engagement  surveys,  the  results  of  which  drive  meaningful  and 
timely action, as appropriate, from our leadership team. Participation in our most recent employee engagement survey 
in April 2021 remained strong at 85%.

Training and Development: Life-long learning is encouraged at Mercury through our offering of LinkedIn Learning, 
tuition  reimbursement  and  other  employee  development  opportunities.  We  are  deeply  invested  in  building  the  next 
generation of engineers and scientists, with our internship and co-op programs, as well as through our new partnership 
with Udacity which fosters upskilling in the areas of  AI, machine learning and data science. Mercury also has formal 
leadership  development  programs  for  high-potential  employees:  Leadership  Edge  (director  and  above);  Mercury 
Managers  Matter  (for  manger-level  employees);  and  Managing  at  Mercury  (supervisors,  team  leaders  and  new 
managers).

Pay  and  Benefits:  The  Company  seeks  competitiveness  and  fairness  in  total  compensation  with  reference  to  peer 
comparisons and internal equity. Mercury also offers a variety of well-being programs to support our employees and 
their  families  with  healthy  living.  These  programs  include  paid  time  off,  paid  parental  leave,  health  insurance 
coverage, company contributions to retirement savings and employee assistance and work-life programs. In addition, 
Mercury  offers  employees  less  traditional  benefits  to  support  employee  well-being  such  as  access  to  fitness  and 
meditation  apps,  as  well  as  an  online  platform  through  which  employees  participate  in  health  living  challenges  and 
earn financial rewards.

• Health and Safety: On our Website, we disclose quality and safety information, including OSHA injury data. Over 
the  last  fiscal  year,  Mercury  expended  $9.9  million  for  COVID  testing,  sick  pay  and  other  efforts  to  keep  our 
employees and their families, as well as our facilities, safe during the global pandemic. Mercury also established a $1 
million  relief  fund,  which  was  fully  utilized,  for  employees  to  access  during  the  pandemic  for  family  needs  (e.g., 
acquiring personal protective equipment) and hardships. Our CEO was also recognized  by Glassdoor as the top rated 
CEO in the U.S. for his leadership during the pandemic.

•

Diversity,  Equity  &  Inclusion:  Our  Website  discloses  detailed  workplace  data  surrounding  our  gender  diversity, 
racial/ethnic  diversity  and  turnover  data.  As  of  July  2,  2021,  women  and  racially/ethnically  diverse  employees 
represented  30%  and  42%,  respectively,  of  Mercury’s  workforce.  Development  of  a  diverse  talent  pipeline  is  a 

15

business imperative at Mercury and critical to our ability to drive innovation and improve long-term results. We have 
established relationships with job networks and educational institutions to proactively attract a diverse pool of talent. 
Our  employees  are  afforded  opportunities  to  cultivate  diversity,  equity  and  inclusion  both  within  Mercury  and  our 
industry.  For  example,  Mercury  sponsors,  and  our  leaders  participate  in,  the  annual  Simmons  Women’s  Leadership 
Conference  which  has  the  goal  of  preparing  the  next  generation  of  female  leaders  and  furthering  equality  in  the 
workplace. Mercury has also conducted gender pay equity assessments and made adjustments to women’s pay levels, 
as appropriate, as a result of such assessments. 

Customers

Lockheed  Martin  Corporation  and  Raytheon  Technologies  comprised  an  aggregate  of  34%,  32%  and  37%  of  our 
revenues in each of the fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The United States Navy comprised 12% of our revenues 
in  fiscal  year  2021.  While  sales  to  each  of  these  customers  comprise  10%  or  more  of  our  annual  revenue,  the  sales  to  these 
customers are spread across multiple programs and platforms. For the fiscal years ended 2021, 2020 and 2019, we had no single 
program that represented 10% or more of our revenues.

Corporate Headquarters and Incorporation

Our  corporate  headquarters  is  located  in  Andover,  Massachusetts.  Mercury  Systems,  Inc.  was  incorporated  in 

Massachusetts in 1981.

Financial Information about Geographic Scope

Information  about  revenue  we  receive  within  and  outside  the  U.S.  can  be  found  in  Note  Q  -  Operating  Segment, 
Geographic  Information  and  Significant  Customers  -  to  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included 
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

WEBSITE

We maintain a website at www.mrcy.com. We make available on our website, free of charge, our annual report on Form 
10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K, including exhibits and amendments to those reports 
filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, as soon as reasonably 
practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). 
Our code of business conduct and ethics is also available on our website. We intend to disclose any future amendments to, or 
waivers from, our code of business conduct and ethics within four business days of the waiver or amendment through a website 
posting or by filing a current report on Form 8-K with the SEC. Information contained on our website does not constitute part 
of this report. Our reports filed with, or furnished to, the SEC are also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Investors  and  others  should  note  that  we  announce  material  financial  information  using  our  website  (www.mrcy.com), 
SEC  filings,  press  releases,  public  conference  calls,  webcasts,  and  social  media,  including  Twitter  (twitter.com/mrcy  and 
twitter.com/mrcy_CEO) and LinkedIn (www.linkedin.com/company/mercury-systems). Therefore, we encourage investors and 
others interested in Mercury to review the information we post on the social media and other communication channels listed on 
our website.

ITEM 1A. 

RISK FACTORS:

Risks Related to Business Operations and Our Industry

We  depend  heavily  on  defense  electronics  programs  that  incorporate  our  products  and  services,  which  may  be  only 
partially funded and are subject to potential termination and reductions and delays in government spending.

Sales of our products and services, primarily as a subcontractor or team member with defense prime contractors, and in 
some  cases  directly,  to  the  U.S.  government  and  its  agencies,  as  well  as  foreign  governments  and  agencies,  accounted  for 
approximately 98% of our total net revenues in fiscal 2021 and 95% in each of fiscal 2020 and 2019. Our products and services 
are incorporated into many different domestic and international defense programs. Over the lifetime of a defense program, the 
award  of  many  different  individual  contracts  and  subcontracts  may  impact  our  products’  requirements.  The  funding  of  U.S. 
government  programs  is  subject  to  Congressional  appropriations.  Although  multiple-year  contracts  may  be  planned  in 
connection with major procurements, Congress generally appropriates funds on a fiscal year basis even though a program may 
continue for many years. Consequently, programs are often only partially funded initially, and additional funds are committed 
only as Congress makes further appropriations and prime contracts receive such funding. The reduction or delay in funding or 
termination of a government program in which we are involved could result in a loss of or delay in receiving anticipated future 
revenues attributable to that program and contracts or orders received. The U.S. government could reduce or terminate a prime 
contract  under  which  we  are  a  subcontractor  or  team  member  irrespective  of  the  quality  of  our  products  or  services.  The 
termination of a program or the reduction in or failure to commit additional funds to a program in which we are involved could 

16

negatively impact our revenues and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. The U.S. 
defense  budget  frequently  operates  under  a  continuing  budget  resolution,  which  increases  revenue  uncertainty  and  volatility. 
For fiscal 2022 and beyond, the potential for gridlock in Congress, a continuing budget resolution, budget sequestration, a U.S. 
government shutdown, or the crowding out of defense funding due to historically high budget deficits or changes in national 
spending  priorities  toward  non-defense  budget  items  could  adversely  impact  our  revenues  and  increase  uncertainty  in  our 
business and financial planning. 

Economic conditions could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

The  world’s  financial  markets  have,  at  times,  experienced  turmoil  which  could  have  material  adverse  impacts  on  our 

financial condition or our ability to achieve targeted results of operations due to:

•

•

•

•

•

reduced and delayed demand for our products;

increased risk of order cancellations or delays;

downward pressure on the prices of our products;

greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable; and

risks to our liquidity, including the possibility that we might not have access to our cash and short-term investments or 
to our line of credit when needed.

Further,  the  funding  of  the  defense  programs  that  incorporate  our  products  and  services  is  subject  to  the  overall 
U.S. government budget and appropriation decisions and processes, which are driven by numerous factors beyond our control, 
including geo-political, macroeconomic, public health, and political conditions. We are unable to predict the likely duration and 
severity of adverse economic conditions in the United States and other countries, but the longer the duration or the greater the 
severity, the greater the risks we face in operating our business.

The  loss  of  one  or  more  of  our  largest  customers,  programs,  or  applications  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of 
operations.

We are dependent on a small number of customers for a large portion of our revenues. A significant decrease in the sales 
to or loss of any of our major customers would have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In fiscal 
2021, Raytheon Technologies accounted for 19% of our total net revenues, Lockheed Martin Corporation accounted for 15% of 
our  total  net  revenues,  and  the  US  Navy  accounted  for  12%  of  our  total  net  revenues.  In  fiscal  2020,  both  Lockheed  Martin 
Corporation and Raytheon Technologies accounted for 16% of our total net revenues. In fiscal 2019, Raytheon Technologies 
accounted for 20% of our total net revenues and Lockheed Martin Corporation accounted for 17% of our total net revenues. 
Customers in the defense market generally purchase our products in connection with government programs that have a limited 
duration, leading to fluctuating sales to any particular customer in this market from year to year. In addition, our revenues are 
largely dependent upon the ability of customers to develop and sell products that incorporate our products. No assurance can be 
given that our customers will not experience financial, technical or other difficulties that could adversely affect their operations 
and, in turn, our results of operations. Additionally, on a limited number of programs the customer has co-manufacturing rights 
which could lead to a shift of production on such a program away from us which in turn could lead to lower revenues.

Going  forward,  we  believe  the  SEWIP,  Filthy  Buzzard,  F-35  and  LTAMDS  programs  as  well  as  a  classified  radar 
program  could  be  a  large  portion  of  our  future  revenues  in  the  coming  years,  and  the  loss  or  cancellation  of  these  programs 
could adversely affect our future results. Further, new programs may yield lower margins than legacy programs, which could 
result in an overall reduction in gross margins.

If we are unable to respond adequately to our competition or to changing technology, we may lose existing customers 
and fail to win future business opportunities. The emergence of commodity-type products as acceptable substitutes for 
certain of our products may cause customers to delay purchases or seek alternative solutions. 

The  markets  for  our  products  are  highly  competitive  and  are  characterized  by  rapidly  changing  technology,  frequent 
product performance improvements, and evolving industry standards. Competitors may be able to offer more attractive pricing, 
develop  products  with  performance  features  that  are  superior  to  our  products,  or  offer  higher  quality  or  superior  on  time 
delivery, resulting in reduced demand for our products. We may be unable to keep pace with competitors’ marketing and the 
lack of visibility in the marketplace may negatively impact design wins, bookings, and revenues. Customers may also decide to 
reduce  costs  and  accept  the  least  costly  technically  acceptable  alternative  to  our  products  or  services.  In  addition,  customers 
may decide to insource products that they have outsourced to us. Due to the rapidly changing nature of technology, we may not 
become  aware  in  advance  of  the  emergence  of  new  competitors  into  our  markets.  The  emergence  of  new  competitors  into 
markets targeted by us could result in the loss of existing customers and may have a negative impact on our ability to win future 
business opportunities. Perceptions of Mercury as a high-cost provider could cause us to lose existing customers or fail to win 
new  business.  Further,  our  lack  of  strong  engagements  with  important  government-funded  laboratories  (e.g.  DARPA,  MIT 
Lincoln Labs, MITRE) may inhibit our ability to become subsystem solution design partners with our defense prime customers.

17

Our  products  are  often  designed  for  operating  under  physical  constraints  such  as  limited  space,  weight,  and  electrical 
power. Furthermore, these products are often designed to be “rugged,” that is, to withstand enhanced environmental stress such 
as extended temperature range, shock, vibration, and exposure to sand or salt spray. Historically these requirements have often 
precluded  the  use  of  less  expensive,  readily  available  commodity-type  systems  typically  found  in  more  benign  non-military 
settings.  With  continued  microprocessor  evolution,  low-end  systems  could  become  adequate  to  meet  the  requirements  of  an 
increased number of the lesser-demanding applications within our target markets. Commercial server manufacturers and other 
low-end  single-board  computer,  or  new  competitors,  may  attempt  to  penetrate  the  high-performance  market  for  defense 
electronics systems. Factors that may increase the acceptability of commodity-type products in some defense platforms that we 
serve include improvements in the physical properties and durability of such alternative products, combined with the relaxation 
of physical and ruggedness requirements by the military due to either a reevaluation of those requirements or the installation of 
products in a more highly environmentally isolated setting. These developments could negatively impact our revenues and have 
a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Competition from existing or new companies could cause us to experience downward pressure on prices, fewer customer 
orders, reduced margins, the inability to take advantage of new business opportunities, and the loss of market share.

We  compete  in  highly  competitive  industries,  and  our  customers  generally  extend  the  competitive  pressures  they  face 
throughout their respective supply chains. Additionally, our markets are facing increasing industry consolidation, resulting in 
larger competitors who have more market share putting more downward pressure on prices and offering a more robust portfolio 
of  products  and  services.  We  are  subject  to  competition  based  upon  product  design,  performance,  pricing,  quality,  on  time 
delivery,  and  support  services.  Our  product  performance,  engineering  expertise,  and  product  quality  have  been  important 
factors in our growth. While we try to maintain competitive pricing on those products that are directly comparable to products 
manufactured by others, in many instances our products will conform to more exacting specifications and carry a higher price 
than  analogous  products.  Many  of  our  customers  and  potential  customers  have  the  capacity  to  design  and  internally 
manufacture products that are similar to our products. We face competition from research and product development groups and 
the  manufacturing  operations  of  current  and  potential  customers,  who  continually  evaluate  the  benefits  of  internal  research, 
product development, and manufacturing versus outsourcing. Our defense prime contractor customers could decide to pursue 
one or more of our product development areas as a core competency and insource that technology development and production 
rather than purchase that capability from us as a supplier. This competition could result in fewer customer orders and a loss of 
market share.

We  may  be  unable  to  obtain  critical  components  from  suppliers,  which  could  disrupt  or  delay  our  ability  to  deliver 
products to our customers.

Several  components  used  in  our  products  are  currently  obtained  from  sole-source  suppliers.  We  are  dependent  on  key 
vendors  such  as  Xilinx,  Inc.,  Intel  Corporation  and  Microsemi  for  Field  Programmable  Gate  Arrays  (“FPGA”),  on  NXP 
Semiconductor  for  Application-Specific  Integrated  Circuits  (“ASICs”),  Intel  Corporation  and  NXP  Semiconductor  for 
processors, Micron Technology, Inc. for specific memory products and in general any sole-source microelectronics suppliers. 
Generally,  suppliers  may  terminate  their  contracts  with  us  without  cause  upon  30  days’  notice  and  may  cease  offering  their 
products upon 180 days’ notice. If any of our sole-source suppliers limits or reduces the sale of these components, we may be 
unable to fulfill customer orders in a timely manner or at all. If these or other component suppliers, some of which are small 
companies,  experienced  financial  difficulties  or  other  problems  that  prevented  them  from  supplying  us  with  the  necessary 
components on a timely basis, we could experience a loss of revenues due to our inability to fulfill orders. These sole-source 
and  other  suppliers  are  each  subject  to  quality  and  performance  issues,  materials  shortages,  excess  demand,  reduction  in 
capacity  and  other  factors  that  may  disrupt  the  flow  of  goods  to  us  or  to  our  customers,  which  would  adversely  affect  our 
business and customer relationships. There can be no assurance that these suppliers will continue to meet our requirements. If 
supply  arrangements  are  interrupted,  we  may  not  be  able  to  find  another  supplier  on  a  timely  or  satisfactory  basis.  We  may 
incur significant set-up costs and delays in manufacturing should it become necessary to replace any key vendors due to work 
stoppages, shipping delays, financial difficulties, natural or manmade disasters or other factors.  In addition, our industry, along 
with  many  others,  is  facing  a  significant  shortage  of  semiconductors.  We  are  experiencing  various  levels  of  semiconductor 
impact. A shortage of semiconductors or other key components can cause a significant disruption to our production schedule.  

We may not be able to effectively manage our relationships with contract manufacturers.

We may not be able to effectively manage our relationship with contract manufacturers, and the contract manufacturers 
may not meet future requirements for timely delivery. We rely on contract manufacturers to build hardware sub-assemblies for 
certain of our products in accordance with our specifications. During the normal course of business, we may provide demand 
forecasts to contract manufacturers several months prior to scheduled delivery of our products to customers. If we overestimate 
requirements, the contract manufacturers may assess cancellation penalties or we may be left with excess inventory, which may 
negatively impact our earnings. If we underestimate requirements, the contract manufacturers may have inadequate inventory, 
which  could  interrupt  manufacturing  of  our  products  and  result  in  delays  in  shipment  to  customers  and  revenue  recognition. 
Contract  manufacturers  also  build  products  for  other  companies,  and  they  may  not  have  sufficient  quantities  of  inventory 
available or sufficient internal resources to fill our orders on a timely basis or at all.

18

In addition, there have been a number of major acquisitions within the contract manufacturing industry in recent years. 
Future  acquisitions  could  potentially  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  working  relationships  with  contract  manufacturers. 
Moreover,  we  currently  rely  primarily  on  two  contract  manufacturers,  Benchmark  Electronics,  Inc.  and  Omega  Electronics 
Manufacturing Services. The failure of these contract manufacturers to fill our orders on a timely basis or in accordance with 
our customers’ specifications could result in a loss of revenues and damage to our reputation. 

We are exposed to risks associated with international operations and markets.

We market and sell products in international markets, have sales offices and subsidiaries in the United Kingdom, Japan, 
and  France  and  we  have  manufacturing  and/or  engineering  facilities  and  subsidiaries  in  Switzerland,  Spain  and  Canada. 
Revenues from international operations accounted for 5%, 7%, and 8%, of our total net revenues in fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019, 
respectively. We also ship directly from our U.S. operations to international customers. There are inherent risks in transacting 
business internationally, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

changes in applicable laws and regulatory requirements;

export and import restrictions, including export controls relating to technology and sanctioned parties;

tariffs and other trade barriers;

less favorable intellectual property laws;

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

longer payment cycles;

problems in collecting accounts receivable;

adverse economic conditions in foreign markets;

political instability;

fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which may lead to lower operating margins, or may cause us to raise prices 
which could result in reduced revenues;

expatriation controls; and

potential adverse tax consequences.

There  can  be  no  assurance  that  one  or  more  of  these  factors  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  future 

international activities and, consequently, on our business and results of operations.

We  have  a  pension  plan  (the  “Plan”)  for  Swiss  employees,  mandated  by  Swiss  law.  Since  participants  of  the  Plan  are 
entitled  to  a  defined  rate  of  interest  on  contributions  made,  the  Plan  meets  the  criteria  for  a  defined  benefit  plan  under  U.S. 
GAAP.  The  Plan,  an  independent  pension  fund,  is  part  of  a  multi-employer  plan  with  unrestricted  joint  liability  for  all 
participating companies and the economic interest in the Plan’s overfunding or underfunding is allocated to each participating 
company based on an allocation key determined by the Plan. U.S. GAAP requires an employer to recognize the funded status of 
the  defined  benefit  plan  on  the  balance  sheet,  which  we  have  presented  in  other  long-term  liabilities  on  our  Consolidated 
Balance Sheets at July 2, 2021. The funded status may vary from year to year due to changes in the fair value of the Plan’s 
assets and variations on the underlying assumptions in the Plan and we may have to record an increased liability as a result of 
fluctuations  in  the  value  of  the  Plan’s  assets.  As  of  July  2,  2021,  we  had  a  liability  of  $9.8  million  in  Other  non-current 
liabilities representing the net under-funded status of the Plan.

In addition, we must comply with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, and the anti-corruption laws of the 
countries in which we operate. Those laws generally prohibit the giving of anything of value to win business. The FCPA also 
generally  requires  companies  to  maintain  adequate  record-keeping  and  internal  accounting  practices  to  accurately  reflect  the 
transactions of the company and prohibits U.S. companies and their intermediaries from making corrupt payments to foreign 
officials  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  or  keeping  business  or  otherwise  obtaining  favorable  treatment.  Under  these  anti-
corruption laws, U.S. companies may be held liable for actions taken by strategic or local partners or representatives. If we or 
our  intermediaries  fail  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of  international  applicable  anti-corruption  laws,  governmental 
authorities in the United States or the countries in which we operate could seek to impose civil and criminal penalties, which 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial conditions and cash flows.

19

If we are unable to respond to technological developments and changing customer needs on a timely and cost-effective 
basis, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our future success will depend in part on our ability to enhance current products and to develop new products on a timely 
and  cost-effective  basis  to  respond  to  technological  developments  and  changing  customer  needs.  Defense  customers  demand 
frequent  technological  improvements  as  a  means  of  gaining  military  advantage.  Military  planners  have  historically  funded 
significantly  more  design  projects  than  actual  deployments  of  new  equipment,  and  those  systems  that  are  deployed  tend  to 
contain the components of the subcontractors selected to participate in the design process. In order to participate in the design of 
new defense electronics systems, we must demonstrate the ability to deliver superior technological performance on a timely and 
cost-effective basis. There can be no assurance that we will secure an adequate number of design wins in the future, that the 
equipment in which our products are intended to function will eventually be deployed in the field, or that our products will be 
included in such equipment if it eventually is deployed.

The design-in process is typically lengthy and expensive, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue 
to  meet  the  product  specifications  of  customers  in  a  timely  and  adequate  manner.  In  addition,  any  failure  to  anticipate  or 
respond  adequately  to  changes  in  technology,  customer  preferences,  and  future  order  demands,  or  any  significant  delay  in 
product developments, product introductions, or order volume, could negatively impact our financial condition and results of 
operations,  including  the  risk  of  inventory  obsolescence.  Because  of  the  complexity  of  our  products,  we  have  experienced 
delays from time to time in completing products on a timely basis. 

Our need for continued or increased investment in R&D may increase expenses and reduce our profitability.

Our business is characterized by the need for continued investment in R&D. If we fail to invest sufficiently in R&D, our 
products could become less attractive to potential customers and our business and financial condition could be materially and 
adversely  affected.  As  a  result  of  the  need  to  maintain  or  increase  spending  levels  in  this  area  and  the  difficulty  in  reducing 
costs associated with R&D, our operating results could be materially harmed if our R&D efforts fail to result in new products or 
if revenues fall below expectations. As a result of our commitment to invest in R&D, spending levels of R&D expenses as a 
percentage of revenues may fluctuate in the future. In addition, defense prime contractors could increase their requirement for 
subcontractors, like us, to increase their share in the R&D costs for new programs and design wins.

Our  results  of  operations  are  subject  to  fluctuation  from  period  to  period  and  may  not  be  an  accurate  indication  of 
future performance.

While our revenues are generated through the sale of products and services across more than 300 programs with no single 
program contributing more than 10% of our annual revenues, we have experienced fluctuations in operating results due to shifts 
in timing or quantities across certain of our larger programs. Customers specify delivery date requirements that coincide with 
their  need  for  our  products  and  services  on  the  programs  in  which  we  participate.  Because  these  customers  may  use  our 
products and services in connection with a variety of defense programs or other projects with different sizes and durations, a 
customer’s orders for one quarter generally do not indicate a trend for future orders by that customer or on that program. As 
such, we cannot always accurately plan our manufacturing, inventory, and working capital requirements. As a result, if orders 
and shipments differ from what we predict, we may incur additional expenses and build excess inventory, which may require 
additional  reserves  and  allowances  and  reduce  our  working  capital  and  operational  flexibility.  Any  significant  change  in  our 
customers’ purchasing patterns could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and reported earnings per share for 
a particular quarter. Results of operations in any period should not be considered indicative of the results to be expected for any 
future period.

High  quarterly  book-ship  ratios  pressure  our  inventory  and  cash  flow  management,  necessitating  increased  inventory 
balances to ensure quarterly revenue attainment. Increased inventory balances tie up additional capital, limiting our operational 
flexibility.  Some  of  our  customers  may  have  become  conditioned  to  wait  until  the  end  of  a  quarter  to  place  orders  in  the 
expectation of receiving a discount. Customers conditioned to seek quarter-end discounts increase risk and uncertainty in our 
financial forecasting and decrease our margins and profitability.

Our quarterly results may be subject to fluctuations resulting from other factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

delays in completion of internal product development projects;

delays in shipping hardware and software;

delays in acceptance testing by customers;

a change in the mix of products sold;

changes in customer or program order patterns;

production delays due to quality problems;

inability to scale quick reaction capability products due to low product volume;

20

•

•

•

•

•

shortages and costs of components;

delays due to the implementation of new tariffs or other trade barriers;

the timing of product line transitions;

declines in quarterly revenues from previous generations of products following announcement of replacement 
products containing more advanced technology; and

changes in estimates of completion on fixed price engagements.

In addition, from time to time, we have entered into contracts, referred to as development contracts, to engineer a specific 
solution based on modifications to standard products. Gross margins from development contract revenues are typically lower 
than gross margins from standard product revenues. We intend to continue to enter into development contracts and anticipate 
that  the  gross  margins  associated  with  development  contract  revenues  will  continue  to  be  lower  than  gross  margins  from 
standard product sales.

Another  factor  contributing  to  fluctuations  in  our  quarterly  results  is  the  fixed  nature  of  expenditures  on  personnel, 
facilities, and marketing programs. Expense levels for these programs are based, in significant part, on expectations of future 
revenues.  If  actual  quarterly  revenues  are  below  management’s  expectations,  our  results  of  operations  could  be  adversely 
affected.

Further, the preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of 
contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  dates  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses 
during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and changes in estimates in subsequent periods 
could cause our results of operations to fluctuate.

We rely on the significant experience and specialized expertise of our senior management, engineering, and operational 
staff and must retain and attract qualified and highly skilled personnel to grow our business successfully.

Our performance is substantially dependent on the continued services and performance of our senior management and our 
highly  qualified  team  of  engineers  and  operational  staff,  many  of  whom  have  numerous  years  of  experience,  specialized 
expertise in our industry, and security clearances required for certain defense projects. If we are not successful in hiring and 
retaining such employees, we may not be able to extend or maintain our engineering and operational expertise, and our future 
product  development  efforts  could  be  adversely  affected.  Competition  for  hiring  these  employees  is  intense,  especially 
individuals with specialized skills and security clearances required for our business, and we may be unable to hire and retain 
enough  staff  to  implement  our  growth  strategy.  Like  our  defense  prime  contractor  customers,  we  face  the  potential  for 
knowledge  drain  due  to  the  impending  retirement  of  the  older  members  of  our  engineering  and  operations  workforce  in  the 
coming years.

If  we  experience  a  disaster  or  other  business  continuity  problem,  we  may  not  be  able  to  recover  successfully,  which 
could cause material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm, or legal liability.

If we experience a local or regional disaster or other business continuity problem, such as an earthquake, terrorist attack, 
pandemic or other natural or man-made disaster, our continued success will depend, in part, on the availability of our personnel, 
our facilities, and the proper functioning of our network, telecommunication, and other business systems and operations. As we 
grow our operations, the potential for natural or man-made disasters, political, economic, or infrastructure instabilities, or other 
country- or region-specific business continuity risks increases.

Risks Related to Our Growth Strategy, Our 1MPACT Value Creation Plan, and M&A

Implementation of our growth strategy and 1MPACT value creation plan may not be successful, which could affect our 
ability to increase revenues and profits.

Our growth strategy includes developing new products, adding new customers and programs within our existing markets, 
and  entering  new  markets  both  domestically  and  internationally,  developing  our  manufacturing  capabilities,  as  well  as 
identifying  and  integrating  acquisitions  and  achieving  revenue  and  cost  synergies  and  economies  of  scale.  Our  ability  to 
compete in new markets will depend upon a number of factors including, among others:

•

•

•

our ability to create demand for products in new markets;

our ability to respond to changes in our customers’ businesses by updating existing products and introducing, in a 
timely fashion, new products which meet the needs of our customers;

our ability to increase our market visibility and penetration with prime defense contractors, government agencies, and 
government funded laboratories;

21

•

•

•

•

the quality of our new products;

our ability to respond rapidly to technological changes; 

our ability to increase our in-house manufacturing capacity and utilization as well as our ability to deliver on schedule 
and on budget; and

our ability to successfully integrate acquisitions  and achieve revenue and cost synergies and economies of scale.

The  failure  to  do  any  of  the  foregoing  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  and 
results  of  operations.  In  addition,  we  may  face  competition  in  these  new  markets  from  various  companies  that  may  have 
substantially greater research and development resources, marketing and financial resources, manufacturing capability, and/or 
customer support organizations.

Our 1MPACT value creation plan is designed to enable us to achieve our full growth and value creation potential, both 
organically and through M&A, to position us to scale beyond our cumulative acquisitions over recent years. 1MPACT includes 
streamlining  procurement  and  our  supply  chain,  increasing  the  efficiency  and  effectiveness  of  R&D  and  manufacturing 
operations,  and  further  scaling  through  common  processes  and  systems.  Our  ability  to  enhance  value  through  1MPACT  is 
subject to risks including: anticipated benefits not being realized or not at the levels anticipated; that implementation will be 
materially delayed or will be more difficult than expected; challenges of hiring and retaining key employees to drive the value 
creation plan; and initiatives being more expensive to complete than anticipated, including as a result of unexpected factors or 
events. In addition, there is a risk that 1MPACT will divert management’s attention from ongoing organic business operations 
and M&A opportunities.

Acquisitions may adversely affect our financial condition.

As part of our strategy for growth, we expect to continue to explore acquisitions or strategic alliances, which ultimately 
may not be completed or be beneficial to us. While we expect our acquisitions to result in synergies and other financial and 
operational benefits, we may be unable to realize these synergies or other benefits in the timeframe that we expect or at all. The 
integration process may be complex, costly, and time consuming. Acquisitions may pose risks to our business, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

problems and increased costs in connection with the integration of the personnel, operations, technologies, or 
products of the acquired businesses;

layering of integration activity due to multiple overlapping acquisitions;

unanticipated issues, expenses, charges, or liabilities related to the acquisitions;

failure to implement our business plan for the combined business or to achieve anticipated increases in revenues and 
profitability;

diversion of management’s attention from our organic business;

adverse effects on business relationships with suppliers and customers, including the failure to retain key customers;

acquired assets becoming impaired as a result of technical advancements or worse-than-expected performance by the 
acquired company;

failure to rationalize supply chain, manufacturing capacity, locations, logistics, and operating models to achieve 
anticipated economies of scale, or disruptions to supply chain, manufacturing, or product design operations during 
the combination of facilities;

failure to rationalize business, information, and communication systems and to expand the IT infrastructure and 
security protocols throughout the enterprise;

volatility associated with accounting for earn-outs in a given transaction;

entering markets in which we have no, or limited, prior experience;

environmental liabilities at current or previous sites of the acquired business;

poor compliance programs pre-acquisition at acquired companies, which may lead to liabilities for violations, or 
impact the business acquired when placed under our compliance programs;

unanticipated changes in applicable laws or regulations;

potential loss of key employees; 

the impact of any assume legal proceedings; and 

adverse effects on our internal control over financial reporting before the acquiree's complete integration into our 
control environment.

22

In addition, in connection with any acquisitions or investments we could:

•

•

•

•

•

•

issue stock that would dilute our existing shareholders’ ownership percentages;

incur debt and assume liabilities;

obtain financing on unfavorable terms, or not be able to obtain financing on any terms at all;

incur amortization expenses related to acquired intangible assets or incur large and immediate write-offs;

incur large expenditures related to office closures of the acquired companies, including costs relating to the 
termination of employees and facility and leasehold improvement charges resulting from our having to vacate the 
acquired companies’ premises; and

reduce the cash that would otherwise be available to fund operations or for other purposes.

We may not be able to maintain the levels of revenue, earnings, or operating efficiency that we and our prior acquisitions 
had achieved or might achieve separately. You should not place undue reliance on any anticipated synergies. In addition, our 
competitors could try to emulate our acquisition strategy, leading to greater competition for acquisition targets which could lead 
to larger competitors if they succeed in emulating our strategy, 

We may incur substantial indebtedness.

On September 28, 2018, we amended our existing revolving credit facility (“the Revolver”) to increase and extend the 
borrowing capacity to a $750.0 million, 5-year revolving credit line, with the maturity extended to September 28, 2023. As of 
July 2, 2021, we had $200.0 million of outstanding borrowings on the Revolver. The Revolver accrues interest, at our option, at 
floating rates tied to LIBOR or the prime rate plus an applicable percentage. The applicable percentage is set at LIBOR plus 
1.25% and is established pursuant to a pricing grid based on our total net leverage ratio. We may be exposed to the impact of 
interest rate changes primarily through our borrowing activities. Subject to the limits contained in the Revolver, we may incur 
substantial additional debt from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for 
other  purposes.  If  we  do  so,  the  risks  related  to  our  debt  could  intensify.  Specifically,  our  debt  could  have  important 
consequences to our investors, including the following: 

• making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations under our debt instruments, including, without limitation, the 

Revolver; and if we fail to comply with these requirements, an event of default could result; 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, or 
other general corporate requirements; 

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, 
thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, and other 
general corporate purposes; 

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions; 

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings may have variable interest rates, which 
could increase the cost of servicing our financial instruments and could materially reduce our profitability and cash 
flows; 

limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete; 

placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and 

increasing our cost of borrowing.

In addition, the Revolver contains restrictive covenants that may limit our ability to engage in activities that are in our 
long term best interest. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or 
waived,  could  result  in  the  acceleration  of  all  our  debt.  And,  if  we  were  unable  to  repay  the  amounts  due  and  payable,  the 
lenders under the Revolver could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. 

Increases in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our financial instruments with exposure to interest rate risk 
and  could  materially  reduce  our  profitability  and  cash  flows.  Assuming  that  we  had  $100.0  million  of  floating  rate  debt 
outstanding,  our  annual  interest  expense  would  change  by  approximately  $1.0  million  for  each  100  basis  point  increase  in 
interest rates. We may also incur costs related to interest rate hedges, including the termination of any such hedges,

23

We have a significant amount of goodwill and intangible assets on our consolidated financial statements that are subject 
to impairment based upon future adverse changes in our business or prospects.

At  July  2,  2021,  the  carrying  values  of  goodwill  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  on  our  balance  sheet  were 
$804.9  million  and  $307.6  million,  respectively.  We  evaluate  indefinite  lived  intangible  assets  and  goodwill  for  impairment 
annually  in  the  fourth  quarter,  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  asset  might  be 
impaired. Indefinite lived intangible assets are impaired and goodwill impairment is indicated when their book value exceeds 
fair value. We also review finite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets when indications of potential impairment exist, 
such as a significant reduction in undiscounted cash flows associated with the assets. Should the fair value of our long-lived 
assets  decline  because  of  reduced  operating  performance,  market  declines,  or  other  indicators  of  impairment,  a  charge  to 
operations for impairment may be necessary. The value of goodwill and intangible assets from the allocation of purchase price 
from  our  acquisitions  will  be  derived  from  our  business  operating  plans  and  is  susceptible  to  an  adverse  change  in  demand, 
input costs or general changes in our business or industry and could require an impairment charge in the future.

Risks Related to Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Matters

We face risks and uncertainties associated with defense-related contracts

Whether our contracts are directly with the U.S. government, a foreign government, or one of their respective agencies, or 

indirectly as a subcontractor or team member, our contracts and subcontracts are subject to special risks. For example:

•

•

•

•

Our contracts with the U.S. and foreign governments and their defense prime contractors and subcontractors are 
subject to termination either upon default by us or at the convenience of the government or contractor if, among other 
reasons, the program itself has been terminated. Termination for convenience provisions generally only entitle us to 
recover costs incurred, settlement expenses, and profit on work completed prior to termination.
Because we contract to supply goods and services to the U.S. and foreign governments and their prime and 
subcontractors, we compete for contracts in a competitive bidding process. We may not be awarded the contract if the 
pricing or product offering is not competitive, either at our level or the prime or subcontractor level. In the event we 
are awarded a contract, we are subject to protests by losing bidders of contract awards that can result in the reopening 
of the bidding process and changes in governmental policies or regulations and other political factors. We may be 
subject to multiple rebid requirements over the life of a defense program in order to continue to participate in such 
program, which can result in the loss of the program or significantly reduce our revenue or margin. Requirements for 
more frequent technology refreshes on defense programs may lead to increased costs and lower long-term revenues.
Consolidation among defense industry contractors has resulted in a few large contractors with increased bargaining 
power relative to us. 
Our customers include U.S. government contractors who must comply with and are affected by laws and regulations 
relating to the formation, administration, and performance of U.S. government contracts. When we contract with the 
U.S. government, we must comply with these laws and regulations. A violation of these laws and regulations could 
result in the imposition of fines and penalties to us or our customers or the termination of our or their contracts with 
the U.S. government. As a result, there could be a delay in our receipt of orders from our customers, a termination of 
such orders, or a termination of contracts between us and the U.S. government.

• We sell certain products and services to U.S. and international defense contractors or directly to the U.S. government 
on a commercial item basis, eliminating the requirement to disclose and certify cost data. To the extent that there are 
interpretations or changes in the Federal Acquisition Regulations (“FAR”) regarding the qualifications necessary to 
sell commercial items, there could be a material impact on our business and operating results. For example, there have 
been legislative proposals to narrow the definition of a “commercial item” (as defined in the FAR) or to require cost 
and pricing data on commercial items that could limit or adversely impact our ability to contract under commercial 
item terms. Changes could be accelerated due to changes in our mix of business, in Federal regulations, or in the 
interpretation of Federal regulations, which may subject us to increased oversight by the Defense Contract Audit 
Agency (“DCAA”) for certain of our products or services. Such changes could also trigger contract coverage under the 
Cost Accounting Standards (“CAS”), further impacting our commercial operating model and requiring compliance 
with a defined set of business systems criteria. Failure to comply with applicable CAS requirements could adversely 
impact our ability to win future CAS-type contracts.

• We are subject to the Department of Defense Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification (“CMMC”) in connection 
with our defense work for the U.S. government and defense prime contractors. Amendments to the CMMC may 
increase our costs or delay the award of contracts if we are unable to certify that we satisfy such cybersecurity 
requirements at our Company level and into our supply chain.
The U.S. government or a defense prime contractor customer could require us to relinquish data rights to a product in 
connection with performing work on a defense contract, which could lead to a loss of valuable technology and 
intellectual property in order to participate in a government program.

•

24

•

The U.S. government or a defense prime contractor customer could require us to enter into cost reimbursable contracts 
that could offset our cost efficiency initiatives.

• We anticipate that sales to our U.S. prime defense contractor customers as part of foreign military sales (“FMS”) 

programs will be an increasing part of our business going forward. These FMS sales combine several different types of 
risks and uncertainties highlighted above, including risks related to government contracts, risks related to defense 
contracts, timing and budgeting of foreign governments, and approval from the U.S. and foreign governments related 
to the programs, all of which may be impacted by macroeconomic and geopolitical factors outside of our control. 
• We must comply with security requirements pursuant to the National Industrial Security Program Operating Manual, 

or NISPOM, and other U.S. government security protocols when accessing sensitive information. Most of our facilities 
maintain a facility security clearance and many of our employees maintain a personal security clearance to access 
sensitive information necessary to the performance of our work on certain U.S. government contracts and subcontracts. 
Failure to comply with the NISPOM or other security requirements may subject us to civil or criminal penalties, loss 
of access to sensitive information, loss of a U.S. government contract or subcontract, or potentially debarment as a 
government contractor. 

• We may need to invest additional capital to build out higher level security infrastructure at certain of our facilities to 

capture new design wins on defense programs with higher level security requirements. In addition, we may need to 
invest in additional secure laboratory space to integrate efficiently subsystem level solutions and maintain quality 
assurance on current and future programs.

If we are unable to continue to obtain U.S. government authorization regarding the export of our products, or if current 
or  future  export  laws  limit  or  otherwise  restrict  our  business,  we  could  be  prohibited  from  shipping  our  products  to 
certain countries, which would harm our ability to generate revenue.

We  must  comply  with  U.S.  laws  regulating  the  export  of  our  products  and  technology.  In  addition,  we  are  required  to 
obtain a license from the U.S. government to export certain of our products and technical data as well as to provide technical 
services to foreign persons related to such products and technical data. We cannot be sure of our ability to obtain any licenses 
required to export our products or to receive authorization from the U.S. government for international sales or domestic sales to 
foreign  persons  including  transfers  of  technical  data  or  the  provision  of  technical  services.  Likewise,  our  international 
operations are subject to the export laws of the countries in which they conduct business. Moreover, the export regimes and the 
governing policies applicable to our business are subject to change. If we cannot obtain required government approvals under 
applicable  regulations  in  a  timely  manner  or  at  all,  we  could  be  delayed  or  prevented  from  selling  our  products  in  certain 
jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial results. For example, If the US government continues to 
expand the scope of regulations intended to address civil-military fusion in China, certain commercial technologies which have 
historically been exportable to Hong Kong and China may be prohibited.  

Our income tax provision and other tax liabilities may be insufficient if taxing authorities are successful in asserting tax 
positions that are contrary to our position. Increases in tax rates could impact our financial performance.

From time to time, we are audited by various Federal, state, local, and foreign authorities regarding income tax matters. 
Significant judgment is required to determine our provision for income taxes and our liabilities for other taxes. Although we 
believe our approach to determining the appropriate tax treatment is supportable and in accordance with relevant authoritative 
guidance it is possible that the final tax authority will take a tax position that is materially different than that which is reflected 
in  our  income  tax  provision.  Such  differences  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  income  tax  provision  or  benefit,  in  the 
reporting period in which such determination is made and, consequently, on our results of operations, financial position, and/or 
cash flows for such period. Further, future increases in tax rates may adversely affect our financial results.

25

Our products are complex, and undetected defects may increase our costs, harm our reputation with customers or lead 
to costly litigation.

Our  products  are  extremely  complex  and  must  operate  successfully  with  complex  products  of  our  customers  and  their 
other  vendors.  Our  products  may  contain  undetected  errors  when  first  introduced  or  as  we  introduce  product  upgrades.  The 
pressures we face to be the first to market new products or functionality and the elapsed time before our products are integrated 
into our customer's systems increases the possibility that we will offer products in which we or our customers later discover 
problems. We have experienced new product and product upgrade errors in the past and expect similar problems in the future. 
These  problems  may  cause  us  to  incur  significant  warranty  costs  and  costs  to  support  our  service  contracts  and  divert  the 
attention  of  personnel  from  our  product  development  efforts.  Also,  hostile  third  parties  or  nation  states  may  try  to  install 
malicious code or devices into our products or software. Undetected errors may adversely affect our product’s ease of use and 
may create customer satisfaction issues. If we are unable to repair these problems in a timely manner, we may experience a loss 
of or delay in revenue and significant damage to our reputation and business prospects. Many of our customers rely upon our 
products  for  mission-critical  applications.  Because  of  this  reliance,  errors,  defects,  or  other  performance  problems  in  our 
products could result in significant financial and other damage to our customers. Our customers could attempt to recover those 
losses by pursuing products liability claims against us which, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time-consuming and costly 
to defend and could adversely affect our reputation.

Risks Related to Information Technology and Intellectual Property

We may need to invest in new information technology systems and infrastructure to scale our operations.

We  may  need  to  adopt  new  information  technology  systems  and  infrastructure  to  scale  our  business  and  obtain  the 
synergies from prior and future acquisitions as well as organic growth. Our information technology and business systems and 
infrastructure could create product development or production work stoppages, unnecessarily increase our inventory, negatively 
impact product delivery times and quality, and increase our compliance costs. In addition, an inability to maximize the utility 
and  benefit  of  our  current  information  technology  and  business  tools  could  impact  our  ability  to  meet  cost  reduction  and 
planned efficiency and operational improvement goals.

If  we  suffer  ransomware  breaches,  data  breaches,  or  phishing  diversions  involving  the  designs,  schematics,  or  source 
code for our products or other sensitive information, our business and financial results could be adversely affected.

Our business is subject to heightened risks of cyber intrusion as nation-state hackers seek access to technology used in 
U.S.  defense  programs  and  criminal  enterprise  hackers,  which  may  or  may  not  be  affiliated  with  foreign  governments,  use 
ransomware attacks to disable critical infrastructure and extort companies for ransom payments. We are also targeted by spear 
phishing attacks in which an email directed at a specific individual or department is disguised to appear to be from a trusted 
source  to  obtain  sensitive  information.  Like  all  DoD  contractors  that  process,  store,  or  transmit  controlled  unclassified 
information,  we  must  meet  minimum  security  standards  or  risk  losing  our  DoD  contracts.  A  breach,  whether  physical, 
electronic or otherwise, of the systems on which this sensitive data is stored could lead to damage or piracy of our products or 
to the shutdown of business systems. If we experience a data security breach from an external source or from an insider threat, 
we may have a loss in sales or increased costs arising from the restoration or implementation of additional security measures, 
either  of  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business  and  financial  results.  Other  potential  costs  could  include  damage  to  our 
reputation,  loss  of  brand  value,  incident  response  costs,  loss  of  stock  market  value,  regulatory  inquiries,  litigation,  and 
management distraction. A security breach that involves classified information could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, 
loss of a government contract, loss of access to classified information, or debarment as a government contractor. Similarly, a 
breach that involves loss of customer-provided data could subject us to loss of a customer, loss of a contract, litigation costs and 
legal damages, and reputational harm.  

26

We  may  be  unsuccessful  in  protecting  our  intellectual  property  rights  which  could  result  in  the  loss  of  a  competitive 
advantage.

Our ability to compete effectively against other companies in our industry depends, in part, on our ability to protect our 
current  and  future  proprietary  technology  under  patent,  copyright,  trademark,  trade  secret,  and  unfair  competition  laws.  We 
cannot assure you that our means of protecting our proprietary rights in the United States or abroad will be adequate, or that 
others will not develop technologies similar or superior to our technology or design around our proprietary rights. In addition, 
we may incur substantial costs in attempting to protect our proprietary rights.

Also, despite the steps taken by us to protect our proprietary rights, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to 
copy  or  reverse-engineer  aspects  of  our  products,  develop  similar  technology  independently,  or  otherwise  obtain  and  use 
information from our supply chain that we regard as proprietary and we may be unable to successfully identify or prosecute 
unauthorized uses of our technology. Further, with respect to our issued patents and patent applications, we cannot assure you 
that any patents from any pending patent applications (or from any future patent applications) will be issued, that the scope of 
any  patent  protection  will  exclude  competitors  or  provide  competitive  advantages  to  us,  that  any  of  our  patents  will  be  held 
valid if subsequently challenged or that others will not claim rights in or ownership of the patents (and patent applications) and 
other proprietary rights held by us.

If  we  become  subject  to  intellectual  property  infringement  claims,  we  could  incur  significant  expenses  and  could  be 
prevented from selling specific products.

We may become subject to claims that we infringe the intellectual property rights of others. We cannot assure you that, if 
made, these claims will not be successful. Any claim of infringement could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against 
the  claim  even  if  the  claim  is  invalid  and  could  distract  management  from  other  business.  Any  judgment  against  us  could 
require  substantial  payment  in  damages  and  could  also  include  an  injunction  or  other  court  order  that  could  prevent  us  from 
offering certain products.

Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic

We face various risks related to health pandemics such as COVID-19. 

We face adverse effects related to the COVID-19 pandemic, including disruptions in our supply chain, limitations on our 
operations,  and  increased  costs  for  health  and  safety  measures.  We  expect  the  COVID-19  pandemic  to  adversely  affect  our 
operations  and  financial  position  if  significant  portions  of  our  workforce  are  unable  to  work  effectively  due  to  illness, 
quarantines, government actions, facility closures, or other restrictions. To-date, our operations and production activities in the 
U.S. and globally have remained operational during the COVID-19 pandemic. Our facilities are considered essential activities 
and  have  been  exempt  from  closure  directives.  However,  our  manufacturing  sites  are  subject  to  various  local  and  national 
directives curtailing operations, requiring work from home and social distancing which otherwise could impact the efficiency of 
our operations. Such directives could change at any time. We continue to monitor the situation, assessing possible implications 
on our operations, supply chain, liquidity, and cash flow, and will continue taking actions to mitigate adverse consequences. 

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

The  trading  price  of  our  common  stock  may  continue  to  be  volatile,  which  may  adversely  affect  our  business,  and 
investors in our common stock may experience substantial losses.

Our stock price, like that of other technology and aerospace and defense companies, can be volatile. The stock market in 
general  and  technology  companies  in  particular  may  continue  to  experience  volatility.  The  stock  prices  for  companies  in  the 
aerospace and defense industry may continue to remain volatile given uncertainty and timing of funding for defense programs. 
This volatility may or may not be related to our operating performance. Our operating results, from time to time, may be below 
the expectations of public market analysts and investors, which could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our 
common stock. Market rumors or the dissemination of false or misleading information may impact our stock price. When the 
market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock will sometimes file securities class action litigation against the 
company that issued the stock. If any shareholders were to file a lawsuit, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. 
Also, the lawsuit could divert the time and attention of management.

The market price of our common stock may decline because of our M&A activity.

The  market  price  of  our  common  stock  may  decline  as  a  result  of  our  merger  and  acquisition  activity  if,  among  other 
things, we are unable to achieve the expected growth in revenue and earnings, or if the operational cost savings estimates in 
connection with the integration of acquired businesses are not realized. The market price of our common stock also may decline 
if we do not achieve the perceived benefits of the acquisitions as rapidly or to the extent anticipated by financial or industry 

27

analysts or if the effect of the acquisitions on our financial results is not consistent with the expectations of financial or industry 
analysts.

We  have  never  paid  cash  dividends  on  our  common  stock  and  we  do  not  anticipate  paying  any  dividends  in  the 
foreseeable future. 

We  have  not  declared  or  paid  cash  dividends  on  any  of  our  classes  of  capital  stock  to  date  and  we  currently  intend  to 
retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business and for future mergers and acquisitions. 
As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be the sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. 

We  may  need  additional  capital  and  may  not  be  able  to  raise  funds  on  acceptable  terms,  if  at  all.  In  addition,  any 
funding through the sale of additional common stock or other equity securities could result in additional dilution to our 
stockholders and any funding through indebtedness could restrict our operations.

We may require additional cash resources to finance our continued growth or other future developments, including any 
investments  or  acquisitions  we  may  decide  to  pursue.  The  amount  and  timing  of  such  additional  financing  needs  will  vary 
principally depending on the timing of new product and service launches, investments, and/or acquisitions, and the amount of 
cash flow from our operations. If our resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional 
equity or debt securities or obtain a larger credit facility. The sale of additional equity securities or securities convertible into 
our  common  shares  could  result  in  additional  dilution  to  our  stockholders.  The  incurrence  of  additional  indebtedness  would 
result  in  increased  debt  service  obligations  and  could  result  in  operating  and  financing  covenants  that  would  restrict  our 
operations. We cannot assure you that financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. If we fail to 
raise additional funds, we may need to sell debt or additional equity securities or to reduce our growth to a level that can be 
supported by our cash flow. 

Provisions in our organizational documents and Massachusetts law and other actions we have taken could make it more 
difficult for a third party to acquire us.

Provisions of our articles of organization and by-laws could have the effect of discouraging a third party from making a 
proposal to acquire us and could prevent certain changes in control, even if some shareholders might consider the proposal to be 
in  their  best  interest.  These  provisions  include  a  classified  board  of  directors,  advance  notice  to  our  board  of  directors  of 
shareholder proposals and director nominations, and limitations on the ability of shareholders to remove directors and to call 
shareholder meetings. In addition, we may issue shares of any class or series of preferred stock in the future without shareholder 
approval upon such terms as our board of directors may determine. The rights of holders of common stock will be subject to, 
and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any such class or series of preferred stock that may be issued.

We  also  are  subject  to  the  Massachusetts  General  Laws  which,  subject  to  certain  exceptions,  prohibit  a  Massachusetts 
corporation from engaging in a broad range of business combinations with any “interested shareholder” for a period of three 
years following the date that such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. The Massachusetts Business Corporation Act 
permits directors to look beyond the interests of shareholders and consider other constituencies in discharging their duties. In 
determining what the director of a Massachusetts corporation reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation, a 
director may consider the interests of the corporation's employees, suppliers, creditors, and customers, the economy of the state, 
the region, and the nation, community and societal considerations, and the long-term and short-term interests of the corporation 
and  its  shareholders,  including  the  possibility  that  these  interests  may  be  best  served  by  the  continued  independence  of  the 
corporation. 

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

28

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES 

The following table sets forth our significant properties as of July 2, 2021: 

Location

Andover, MA

Phoenix, AZ

Hudson, NH

Torrance, CA

Oxnard, CA

Fremont, CA

Torrance, CA

Cypress, CA

Upper Saddle River, NJ

Torrance, CA

Alpharetta, GA

Mesa, AZ

Chantilly, VA

Geneva, CH

Size in
Sq. Feet

145,262

125,756

121,553

85,125

72,673

53,713

49,250

42,770

36,223

36,220

35,005

34,320

32,789

27,287

Commitment

Leased, expiring 2032

Leased, expiring 2031

Leased, expiring 2030

Leased, expiring 2029

Leased, expiring 2025

Leased, expiring 2023

Leased, expiring 2025

Leased, expiring 2028

Leased, expiring 2029

Leased, expiring 2025

Leased, expiring 2028

Leased, expiring 2022

Leased, expiring 2025

Leased, expiring 2027

We  actively  manage  our  facilities  and  are  in  pursuit  of  lease  extensions  or  alternative  locations  for  facilities  with 
expiration dates in 2021 and 2022. In addition, we lease a number of smaller offices around the world primarily for sales. See 
Note B and Note J to the consolidated financial statements for more information regarding our obligations under leases.

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We  are  subject  to  litigation,  claims,  investigations,  and  audits  arising  from  time  to  time  in  the  ordinary  course  of  our 
business. Although legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable, we believe that we have valid defenses with respect to those 
matters currently pending against us and intend to defend our self vigorously. The outcome of these matters, individually and in 
the aggregate, is not expected to have a material impact on our cash flows, results of operations, or financial position.

On  June  23,  2021,  Embedded  Reps  of  America,  LLC  (“ERA”),  a  former  sales  representative,  and  James  Mazzola,  a 
principal  of  ERA,  filed  for  binding  arbitration  related  to  the  termination  of  ERA’s  sales  representative  agreement  raising 
multiple claims that aggregate to approximately $9 million in direct damages, with treble damages requested on a number of 
those  claims.  ERA  was  a  sales  representative  of  Themis  when  Themis  was  acquired  by  Mercury.  The  sales  representative 
agreement provided for termination by either party upon 30 days written notice with ERA entitled to commissions for orders 
obtained by ERA product shipment occurring prior to termination. We responded to the complaint on July 28, 2021. We believe 
the claims in the complaint are without merit and we intend to defend ourselves vigorously.

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not Applicable.

ITEM 4.1.

INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Our executive officers are appointed to office by the Board of Directors at the first board meeting following the Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders or at other board meetings as appropriate, and hold office until the first board meeting following the 
next Annual Meeting of Shareholders and until a successor is chosen, subject to prior death, resignation or removal. Mr. Perry 
was  appointed  as  an  executive  officer  as  of  August  3,  2021.  Mr.  Thibaud,  our  Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Operating 
Officer (COO), is retiring as COO effective as of August 26, 2021. Information regarding our executive officers as of the date 
of filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is presented below.

Mark  Aslett,  age  53,  joined  Mercury  in  2007  and  has  served  as  the  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  as  a 
member  of  the  Board  since  2007.  Prior  to  joining  Mercury,  he  was  Chief  Operating  Officer  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of 
Enterasys  Networks  from  2003  to  2006,  and  held  various  positions  with  Marconi  plc  and  its  affiliated  companies,  including 
Executive Vice President of Marketing, Vice President of Portfolio Management, and President of Marconi Communications- 
North America, from 1998 to 2002. Mr. Aslett has also held positions at GEC Plessey Telecommunications, as well as other 
telecommunications-related technology firms.

29

Christopher C. Cambria, age 63, joined Mercury in 2016 as Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary and 
was  appointed  Executive  Vice  President,  General  Counsel,  and  Secretary  in  2017.  Prior  to  joining  Mercury,  he  was  Vice 
President,  General  Counsel,  and  Secretary  of  Aerojet  Rocketdyne  Holdings,  Inc.  from  2012  to  2016  and  Vice  President, 
General  Counsel  from  2011  to  2012.  He  was  with  L-3  Communications  Holdings,  Inc.  from  1997  through  2009  serving  as 
Senior Vice President and Senior Counsel, Mergers and Acquisitions from 2006 to 2009, Senior Vice President, Secretary and 
General Counsel from 2001 to 2006, and Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from 1997 to 2001. Prior to L-3, Mr. 
Cambria was an Associate with Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson and Cravath, Swaine & Moore.

Brian E. Perry, age 54, joined Mercury in 2008 and has served as our Executive Vice President, President, Processing 
division since August 2021. He served as Senior Vice President of our Processing division starting in July 2020. Prior to that, 
he was President of our Mercury Defense Systems business unit starting in 2014 and Vice President and General Manager of 
our Services and Systems Integration group from 2011 to 2014. Prior to joining Mercury, Mr. Perry was the General Manager 
for Suntron Corporation’s Northeast Express and served in various roles with Lockheed Martin and General Electric Aircraft 
Engines.

Michael D. Ruppert, age 47, joined Mercury in 2014 as Senior Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Development and 
in 2017 was named Executive Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Development. In 2018, Mr. Ruppert was appointed the 
Company’s Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer. Prior to joining Mercury, from 2013 to 2014, Mr. 
Ruppert  was  Co-Founder  and  Managing  Partner  of  RS  Partners,  LLC,  a  boutique  advisory  firm  focused  on  the  aerospace  & 
defense  industries.  Prior  to  that,  he  was  a  Managing  Director  at  UBS  Investment  Bank  where  he  led  the  defense  investment 
banking practice from 2011 to 2013. Mr. Ruppert also held positions in the investment banking divisions at Lazard Freres & Co 
from 2008 to 2011 and at Lehman Brothers from 2000 to 2008.

Didier M.C. Thibaud, age 60, joined Mercury in 1995, and has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Operating 
Officer since 2016. He served as the President of our Mercury Commercial Electronics business unit from 2012 to 2016 and the 
President of our Advanced Computing Solutions business unit from 2007 to 2012. Prior to that, he was Senior Vice President, 
Defense  &  Commercial  Businesses  from  2005  to  2007  and  Vice  President  and  General  Manager,  Imaging  and  Visualization 
Solutions Group, from 2000 to 2005 and served in various capacities in sales and marketing from 1995 to 2000.

30

PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our  common  stock  is  listed  and  traded  on  the  Nasdaq  Global  Select  Market  under  the  symbol  MRCY.  The  following 
table  sets  forth,  for  the  fiscal  periods  indicated,  the  high  and  low  sale  prices  per  share  for  our  common  stock  during  such 
periods. Such market quotations reflect inter-dealer prices without retail markup, markdown or commission.

2021 Fourth quarter

Third quarter

Second quarter

First quarter

2020 Fourth quarter

  Third quarter

  Second quarter

  First quarter

High

Low

79.28  $ 

85.49  $ 

88.06  $ 

79.89  $ 

92.80  $ 

86.47  $ 

81.17  $ 

88.75  $ 

57.69 

61.26 

67.10 

66.65 

68.26 

57.10 

68.41 

68.31 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

As of July 31, 2021, we had 639 record shareholders and 44,888 nominee holders.

Dividend Policy

We  have  never  declared  or  paid  cash  dividends  on  shares  of  our  common  stock.  We  currently  intend  to  retain  any 
earnings for future growth. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that any cash dividends will be declared or paid on our common 
stock in the foreseeable future.

Net Share Settlement Plans

The following table includes information with respect to net share settlements we made of our common stock during the 

fiscal year ended July 2, 2021:

Period of Net Share Settlement

July 3, 2020 - October 2, 2020

October 3, 2020 - January 1, 2021

January 2, 2021 - April 2, 2021

April 3, 2021 - July 2, 2021

Total

Total Number of Shares Net Settled (1)

Average Price Per Share

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1 

— 

— 

— 

1 

74.74 

— 

— 

— 

(1) Represents shares we net settled in connection with the surrender of shares to cover the minimum taxes on vesting of 

restricted stock. Presented in thousands.

Share Repurchase Plans

During fiscal 2021, we had no active share repurchase programs.

Equity Compensation Plans

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the Shareholders Meeting.

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Part II, Item 6 is no longer required as the Company has elected to early adopt the change to Item 301 of Regulation S-K 

contained in SEC Release No. 33-10890.

31

 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 
OF OPERATIONS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

From time to time, information provided, statements made by our employees or information included in our filings with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) may contain statements that are not historical facts but that are “forward-
looking statements,” which involve risks and uncertainties. You can identify these statements by the use of the words “may,” 
“will,”  “could,”  “should,”  “would,”  “plans,”  “expects,”  “anticipates,”  “continue,”  “estimate,”  “project,”  “intend,”  “likely,” 
“forecast,” “probable,” “potential,” and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties 
that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected or anticipated. Such risks and uncertainties include, but 
are  not  limited  to,  continued  funding  of  defense  programs,  the  timing  and  amounts  of  such  funding,  general  economic  and 
business  conditions,  including  unforeseen  weakness  in  the  Company’s  markets,  effects  of  epidemics  and  pandemics  such  as 
COVID, effects of any U.S. Federal government shutdown or extended continuing resolution, effects of continued geopolitical 
unrest and regional conflicts, competition, changes in technology and methods of marketing, delays in completing engineering 
and manufacturing programs, changes in customer order patterns, changes in product mix, continued success in technological 
advances  and  delivering  technological  innovations,  changes  in,  or  in  the  U.S.  Government’s  interpretation  of,  federal  export 
control  or  procurement  rules  and  regulations,  changes  in,  or  in  the  interpretation  or  enforcement  of  environmental  rules  and 
regulations, market acceptance of the Company's products, shortages in or delays in receiving components, production delays or 
unanticipated expenses due to performance quality issues with outsourced components, inability to fully realize the expected 
benefits from acquisitions, restructurings and value creation initiatives such as 1MPACT, or delays in realizing such benefits, 
challenges  in  integrating  acquired  businesses  and  achieving  anticipated  synergies,  increases  in  interest  rates,  changes  to 
industrial security and cyber-security regulations and requirements, changes in tax rates or tax regulations, changes to interest 
rate  swaps  or  other  cash  flow  hedging  arrangements,  changes  to  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  difficulties  in 
retaining key employees and customers, unanticipated costs under fixed-price service and system integration engagements, and 
various  other  factors  beyond  our  control.  These  risks  and  uncertainties  also  include  such  additional  risk  factors  as  set  forth 
under Part I-Item 1A (Risk Factors) in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We caution readers not to place undue reliance upon 
any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-
looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made.

OVERVIEW

Mercury  Systems,  Inc.  is  a  leading  technology  company  serving  the  aerospace  and  defense  industry,  positioned  at  the 
intersection of high-tech and defense. Headquartered in Andover, Massachusetts, we deliver products and solutions that enable 
a  broad  range  of  aerospace  and  defense  programs,  optimized  for  mission  success  in  some  of  the  most  challenging  and 
demanding  environments.  We  envision,  create  and  deliver  innovative  technology  solutions  that  are  open,  purpose-built  and 
uncompromised to meet our customers’ most-pressing high-tech needs, including those specific to the defense community. 

As  a  leading  manufacturer  of  essential  components,  products,  modules  and  subsystems,  we  sell  to  defense  prime 
contractors,  the  U.S.  government  and  OEM  commercial  aerospace  companies.  Mercury  has  built  a  trusted,  contemporary 
portfolio  of  proven  product  solutions  purpose-built  for  aerospace  and  defense  that  it  believes  meets  and  exceeds  the 
performance  needs  of  our  defense  and  commercial  customers.  Customers  add  their  own  applications  and  algorithms  to  our 
specialized,  secure  and  innovative  products  and  pre-integrated  solutions.  This  allows  them  to  complete  their  full  system  by 
integrating  with  their  platform,  the  sensor  technology  and,  in  some  cases,  the  processing  from  Mercury.  Our  products  and 
solutions are deployed in more than 300 programs with over 25 different defense prime contractors and commercial aviation 
customers. 

Mercury’s transformational business model accelerates the process of making new technology profoundly more accessible 
to  our  customers  by  bridging  the  gap  between  commercial  technology  and  aerospace  and  defense  applications.  Our  long-
standing deep relationships with leading high-tech companies, coupled with our high level of R&D investments and industry-
leading trusted and secure design and manufacturing capabilities, are the foundational tenets of this highly successful model. 
We are leading the development and adaptation of commercial technology for aerospace and defense solutions. From chip-scale 
to  system  scale  and  from  RF  to  digital,  we  make  mission-critical  technologies  safe,  secure,  affordable  and  relevant  for  our 
customers. 

Our  capabilities,  technology  and  R&D  investment  strategy  combine  to  differentiate  Mercury  in  our  industry.    Our 
technologies  and  capabilities  include  secure  embedded  processing  modules  and  subsystems,  mission  computers,  secure  and 
rugged  rack-mount  servers,  safety-critical  avionics,  components,  multi-function  assemblies,  subsystems  and  custom 
microelectronics.    We  maintain  our  technological  edge  by  investing  in  critical  capabilities  and  IP  in  processing  and  RF, 
leveraging open standards and open architectures to adapt quickly those building blocks into solutions for highly data-intensive 
applications, including emerging needs in areas such as AI.

32

Our  mission  critical  solutions  are  deployed  by  our  customers  for  a  variety  of  applications  including  C4ISR,  electronic 

intelligence, avionics, EO/IR, electronic warfare, weapons and missile defense, hypersonics and radar.

Since we conduct much of our business with our defense customers via commercial items, requests by customers are a 
primary driver of revenue fluctuations from quarter to quarter. Customers specify delivery date requirements that coincide with 
their need for our products. Because these customers may use our products in connection with a variety of defense programs or 
other projects of different sizes and durations, a customer’s orders for one quarter generally do not indicate a trend for future 
orders  by  that  customer.  Additionally,  order  patterns  do  not  necessarily  correlate  amongst  customers  and,  therefore,  we 
generally cannot identify sequential quarterly trends.

As of July 2, 2021, we had 2,384 employees. Our consolidated revenues, acquired revenues, net income, EPS, adjusted 
EPS, and adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2021 were $924.0 million, $88.4 million, $62.0 million, $1.12, $2.42 and $201.9 million, 
respectively.  Our  consolidated  revenues,  acquired  revenues,  net  income,  EPS,  adjusted  EPS  and  adjusted  EBITDA  for  fiscal 
2020  were  $796.6  million,  $0.9  million,  $85.7  million,  $1.56,  $2.30  and  $176.2  million,  respectively.  See  the  Non-GAAP 
Financial Measures section for a reconciliation to our most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

OUR RESPONSE TO COVID

We continue to monitor the COVID pandemic and adapt our policies and programs as needed to protect the health, safety 
and livelihoods of our people.  We remain focused on the four goals we established at the outset of the COVID crisis: to protect 
the  health,  safety,  and  livelihoods  of  our  people;  to  mitigate  or  reduce  operational  and  financial  risks  to  the  Company;  to 
continue to deliver on our commitments to customers and shareholders; and to continue the mission-critical work Mercury does 
every day to support the ongoing security of our nation, our brave men and women in uniform, and the communities in which 
we all live. 

As we have been designated an “essential business” as a part of the defense industrial base, during the year, our facilities 
continued  to  operate  while  complying  with  social  distancing  requirements  consistent  with  Centers  for  Disease  Control  and 
Prevention (“CDC”) guidelines and requirements. We implemented numerous preventive measures to maximize the safety of 
our  facilities,  including  but  not  limited  to,  establishing  physical  segregation  areas,  implementing  environmental  cleaning  and 
disinfection protocols in compliance with CDC guidelines and requirements, temperature and COVID testing at our facilities, 
and limiting non-essential site visits by internal and external visitors. 

In fiscal 2021, we incurred $9.9 million of direct COVID-related expenses related to these preventative measures as well 

as certain enhanced compensation programs for our employees.

1MPACT

On August 3, 2021, we announced a companywide effort, called 1MPACT, to lay the foundation for the next phase of our 
value creation at scale. The goal of 1MPACT is to achieve our full growth, margin expansion and adjusted EBITDA potential 
over the next five years. Since fiscal year 2014, we have completed 13 acquisitions, deploying $1.2 billion of capital and, as a 
result,  dramatically  scaled  and  transformed  the  business.  Over  this  time,  we  have  extracted  substantial  revenue  and  cost 
synergies from these acquisitions. Now, as we approach the milestone of $1 billion of revenue, we believe there is significant 
opportunity  to  realize  further  scale  through  consolidating  and  streamlining  our  organizational  structure  which  will  improve 
visibility, speed of decision making and accountability. 1MPACT will be led by a new Chief Transformation Officer, and will 
focus on six major areas: organization efficiency and scalability; procurement and supply chain; facilities optimization; R&D 
investment; capital and asset efficiency; and scalable common processes and systems. 

33

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENTS:

FISCAL 2021

On May 27, 2021, we acquired Pentek for a purchase price of $65.0 million, subject to net working capital and net debt 
adjustments.  Based  in  Upper  Saddle  River,  New  Jersey,  Pentek  is  a  leading  designer  and  manufacturer  of  ruggedized,  high-
performance,  commercial  off-the-shelf  ("COTS")  software-defined  radio  and  data  acquisition  boards,  recording  systems  and 
subsystems for high-end commercial and defense applications. The acquisition and associated transaction expenses were funded 
through a combination of cash on hand and our existing revolving credit facility (the "Revolver"). 

On December 30, 2020, we acquired POC for a purchase price of $310.0 million, prior to net working capital and net debt 
adjustments.  Based  in  Torrance,  California,  POC  more  than  doubles  our  global  avionics  business  and  expands  its  collective 
footprint in the platform and mission management market. We funded the acquisition through a combination of cash on hand 
and our existing Revolver. 

FISCAL 2020

During the third quarter ended March 27, 2020, we drew $200.0 million on our $750.0 million Revolver to provide access 
to capital and flexibility in managing operations during the COVID pandemic. We paid down the $200.0 million draw during 
our fourth quarter ended July 3, 2020 based on reduced turbulence in the capital markets.

On  September  23,  2019,  we  acquired  American  Panel  Corporation  (“APC”)  on  a  cash-free,  debt-free  basis  for  a  total 
purchase price of $100.0 million, prior to net working capital and net debt adjustments. Based in Alpharetta, Georgia, APC is a 
leading innovator in large area display technology for the aerospace and defense market. APC's capabilities are deployed on a 
wide range of next-generation platforms. The acquisition was funded with cash on hand.

Effective July 1, 2019, our fiscal year has changed to the 52-week or 53-week period ending on the Friday closest to the 
last day in June. All references to fiscal 2021 are to the 52-week period from July 4, 2020 to July 2, 2021. All references to 
fiscal 2020 are to the 53-week period from July 1, 2019 to July 3, 2020. All references to fiscal 2019 is to the 52-week period 
from July 1, 2018 to June 30, 2019. There have been no reclassifications of prior comparable periods due to this change.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:

FISCAL 2021 VS. FISCAL 2020 

Results  of  operations  for  fiscal  2021  include  full  period  results  from  the  acquisition  of  APC  and  only  the  results  from 
acquisition  date  for  POC  and  Pentek,  which  were  acquired  subsequent  to  fiscal  2020.  Results  of  operations  for  fiscal  2020 
include only results from the acquisition date for APC. Accordingly, the periods presented below are not directly comparable. 
The Company has applied the FAST Act Modernization and Simplification of Regulation S-K, which limits the discussion to 
the  two  most  recent  fiscal  years.  Refer  to  Item  7  of  the  Company's  Form  10-K  issued  on  August  18,  2020  for  prior  year 
discussion related to fiscal 2019.

34

The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, financial data from the Consolidated Statements of Operations 

and Comprehensive Income:

(In thousands)
Net revenues

Cost of revenues

Gross margin

Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative

Research and development

Amortization of intangible assets

Restructuring and other charges

Acquisition costs and other related expenses

Total operating expenses

Income from operations

Interest income
Interest expense
Other (expense) income, net

Income before income taxes

Income tax provision

Net income

REVENUES

Fiscal 2021

As a % of
Total Net
Revenue

Fiscal 2020

As a % of
Total Net
Revenue

$ 

923,996 

 100.0 % $ 

796,610 

 100.0 %

538,808 

385,188 

134,337 

113,481 

41,171 

9,222 

5,976 

304,187 

81,001 

179 

(1,222) 

(2,785) 

77,173 

15,129 

62,044 

$ 

 58.3 

 41.7 

 14.5 

 12.3 

 4.5 

 1.0 

 0.6 

 32.9 

 8.8 

 — 

 (0.1) 

 (0.3) 

 8.4 

 1.7 

439,766 

356,844 

132,253 

98,485 

30,560 

1,805 

2,679 

265,782 

91,062 

2,151 

(1,006) 

1,726 

93,933 

8,221 

 55.2 

 44.8 

 16.6 

 12.4 

 3.8 

 0.2 

 0.4 

 33.4 

 11.4 

 0.3 

 (0.1) 

 0.2 

 11.8 

 1.0 

 6.7 % $ 

85,712 

 10.8 %

Total revenues increased $127.4 million, or 16.0%, to $924.0 million during fiscal 2021, as compared to $796.6 million 
during fiscal 2020 including “acquired revenue” which represents net revenue from acquired businesses that have been part of 
Mercury for completion of four full fiscal quarters or less (and excludes any intercompany transactions). After the completion 
of  four  full  fiscal  quarters,  acquired  businesses  will  be  treated  as  organic  for  current  and  comparable  historical  periods.  The 
increase  in  total  revenue  was  primarily  due  to  $87.4  million  and  $40.0  million  of  additional  acquired  revenues  and  organic 
revenues,  respectively.  These  increases  were  driven  by  higher  demand  for  integrated  subsystems  and  modules  and  sub-
assemblies which increased $153.1 million or 35.0% and $25.4 million or 19.3%, respectively, partially offset by a decrease to 
components of $51.1 million or 22.5% during fiscal 2021. The increase in total revenue was primarily from the C4I and radar 
end applications which increased $101.0 million and $55.2 million, respectively, and were partially offset by decreases of $17.5 
million  and  $7.1  million  from  EW  and  other  sensor  and  effector  end  applications.  The  increase  spanned  the  land,  naval  and 
airborne platforms which increased $79.6 million, $20.3 million and $19.3 million, respectively. The largest program increases 
were  related  to  a  classified  radar  program,  LTAMDS,  Abrams,  CPS  and  E2D  Hawkeye.  Acquired  revenue  in  fiscal  2021 
represents activity from the POC and Pentek acquired businesses and one fiscal quarter from the APC acquired business. There 
were no programs comprising 10% or more of our revenues for fiscal 2021 and 2020. See the Non-GAAP Financial Measures 
section for a reconciliation to our most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

GROSS MARGIN

Gross margin was 41.7% for fiscal 2021, a decrease of 310 basis points from the 44.8% gross margin achieved during 
fiscal  2020.  The  lower  gross  margin  was  primarily  driven  by  the  acquisition  of  POC  which  contributed  to  the  increased 
Customer  Funded  Research  and  Development  ("CRAD")  of  $28.6  million,  program  mix  and  incremental  COVID  related 
expenses  of  $7.2  million.  These  gross  margin  decreases  were  partially  offset  by  $0.3  million  gross  margin  benefit  from  fair 
value adjustments from purchase accounting in fiscal 2021, as compared to $1.8 million of gross margin impact from fair value 
adjustments from purchase accounting during fiscal 2020. CRAD primarily represents engineering labor associated with long-
term contracts for customized development, production and service activities. Due to the nature of these efforts, they typically 
carry a lower margin. These products are predominately grouped within integrated subsystems and to a lesser extent modules 
and sub-assemblies.  

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  $2.0  million,  or  1.5%,  to  $134.3  million  during  fiscal  2021  as 
compared  to  $132.3  million  during  fiscal  2020.  The  increase  was  primarily  related  to  our  POC,  Pentek  and  the  full  period 
impact of APC driving incremental $7.4 million of expense, partially offset by tighter control over operating expenses including 
savings from restructuring activities during the period. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased as a percentage 
of revenue to 14.5% during fiscal 2021 from 16.6% during fiscal 2020. The acquisitions of POC and Pentek resulted in a 30-
basis point reduction in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue for fiscal 2021. 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Research  and  development  expenses  increased  $15.0  million,  or  15.0%,  to  $113.5  million  during  fiscal  2021,  as 
compared to $98.5 million for fiscal 2020. The increase was primarily related to our recent acquisitions of POC, Pentek and the 
full period impact of APC driving an incremental $3.9 million of expense. These increases were partially offset by increased 
CRAD  of  $28.6  million.  Research  and  development  expenses  accounted  for  12.3%  and  12.4%  of  our  revenues  during  fiscal 
2021 and fiscal 2020, respectively. The acquisitions of POC and Pentek resulted in an 80-basis point reduction in research and 
development  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  for  fiscal  2021.  The  increase  as  a  percentage  of  revenue,  excluding 
acquisitions of POC and Pentek, was primarily driven by the continued investment in internal R&D to promote future growth, 
including  new  opportunities  in  avionics  missions  computers,  secure  processing,  radar  modernization  and  our  trusted  custom 
microelectronics business. 

AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Amortization  of  intangible  assets  increased  $10.6  million  to  $41.2  million  during  fiscal  2021,  as  compared  to  $30.6 
million for fiscal 2020, primarily due to the acquisitions of POC and Pentek as well as the full year impact of amortization from 
the acquisition of APC.

RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES

During 2021, the Company incurred $9.2 million of restructuring and other charges, as compared to $1.8 million in fiscal 
2020.  Restructuring  and  other  charges  of  $4.8  million  related  to  severance  costs  associated  with  the  elimination  of 
approximately 90 positions throughout the period, predominantly in manufacturing, SG&A and R&D. These charges are related 
to  changing  market  and  business  conditions  as  well  as  talent  shifts  and  resource  redundancy  resulting  from  our  internal 
reorganization that was completed during fiscal 2021. The remaining $4.5 million of restructuring and other charges related to 
third-party consulting costs associated with 1MPACT, our value creation initiatives. 

On August 2, 2021, we initiated a workforce reduction of approximately 90 employees based on changes in the business 
environment and to align with 1MPACT resulting in expected charges of $9.4 million in the fiscal quarter ending October 1, 
2021. These charges include $5.8 million of employee separation costs and $3.6 million of third-party consulting costs. 

ACQUISITION COSTS AND OTHER RELATED EXPENSES

Acquisition costs and other related expenses were $6.0 million during fiscal 2021, as compared to $2.7 million during 
fiscal 2020. The acquisition costs and other related expenses incurred during fiscal 2021 were related to the acquisitions of POC 
and Pentek, as well as costs associated with our evaluation of other acquisition opportunities. We expect to incur acquisition 
costs  and  other  related  expenses  periodically  in  the  future  as  we  continue  to  seek  acquisition  opportunities  to  expand  our 
technological  capabilities  and  especially  within  the  sensor  and  effector  and  C4I  markets.  Transaction  costs  incurred  by  the 
acquiree prior to the consummation of an acquisition would not be reflected in our historical results of operations.

INTEREST INCOME 

Interest income decreased to $0.2 million in fiscal 2021 from $2.2 million in fiscal 2020. This was driven by lower cash 

on hand and lower interest rates during fiscal 2021 as compared to fiscal 2020. 

INTEREST EXPENSE

Interest expense for fiscal 2021 increased to $1.2 million, as compared to $1.0 million in fiscal 2020. We drew $160.0 
million  and  $40.0  million  during  the  second  quarter  and  fourth  quarters  of  fiscal  2021,  respectively,  on  our  Revolver  to 
facilitate the acquisitions of POC and Pentek. We drew $200.0 million on the Revolver during the third quarter of fiscal 2020 to 
provide  access  to  capital  and  flexibility  in  managing  operations  during  the  COVID  pandemic,  which  was  subsequently  paid 
down during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020. 

OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME, NET

Other (expense) income, net was $2.8 million of other expense, net during fiscal 2021, as compared to $1.7 million of 
other income, net in fiscal 2020. Both periods include $2.9 million of financing and registration fees. Fiscal 2021 includes net 

36

foreign  currency  translation  gains  of  $1.2  million,  which  were  partially  offset  by  $0.6  million  of  litigation  and  settlement 
expenses and a $0.3 million loss on sale of investment. Fiscal 2020 included $6.4 million of other investment income partially 
offset by $0.6 million of litigation and settlement expenses and $0.7 million of net foreign currency translation losses. 

INCOME TAXES 

We recorded an income tax provision of $15.1 million and $8.2 million on income before income taxes of $77.2 million 
and  $93.9  million  for  fiscal  years  2021  and  2020,  respectively.  We  recognized  a  discrete  tax  benefit  of  $2.8  million  and 
$7.3 million related to excess tax benefits on stock-based compensation for fiscal years 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The effective tax rate for fiscal 2021 and 2020 differed from the Federal statutory rate of 21% primarily due to Federal 
and state research and development tax credits, excess tax benefits related to stock compensation, non-deductible compensation, 
and state taxes.

Within  the  calculation  of  our  annual  effective  tax  rate  we  have  used  assumptions  and  estimates  that  may  change  as  a 
result of future guidance and interpretation from the Internal Revenue Service. These changes could have a material impact on 
our future U.S. tax expense.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our  primary  sources  of  liquidity  come  from  existing  cash  and  cash  generated  from  operations,  our  Revolver  and  our 
ability to raise capital under our universal shelf registration statement. Our near-term fixed commitments for cash expenditures 
consist  primarily  of  payments  under  operating  leases  and  inventory  purchase  commitments,  and  restructuring  and  other 
expenses associated with our 1MPACT initiative. We plan to continue to invest in improvements to our facilities, continuous 
evaluation  of  potential  acquisition  opportunities  and  internal  R&D  to  promote  future  growth,  including  new  opportunities  in 
avionics  mission  computers,  secure  processing,  radar  modernization  and  trusted  custom  microelectronics.  Our  facilities 
improvements include buildouts in Andover, Massachusetts, and Hudson, New Hampshire, along with the ongoing expansion 
of our trusted custom microelectronics business during fiscal 2022. 

Based  on  our  current  plans,  business  conditions,  including  the  COVID  pandemic,  and  essential  business  status,  we 
believe  that  existing  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  our  available  Revolver,  cash  generated  from  operations,  and  our  financing 
capabilities will be sufficient to satisfy our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months. Refer to Item 1A - 
“Risk  Factors”  for  risk  factors  concerning  the  Company,  including  a  risk  factor  related  to  health  epidemics,  pandemics  and 
similar outbreaks.

Shelf Registration Statement

On  September  14,  2020,  we  filed  a  shelf  registration  statement  on  Form  S-3ASR  with  the  SEC.  The  shelf  registration 
statement, which was effective upon filing with the SEC, registered each of the following securities: debt securities, preferred 
stock, common stock, warrants and units. We intend to use the proceeds from financings using the shelf registration statement 
for general corporate purposes, which may include the following:

•

•

•

•

•

the acquisition of other companies or businesses;

the repayment and refinancing of debt;

capital expenditures;

working capital; and

other purposes as described in the prospectus supplement.

We  have  an  unlimited  amount  available  under  the  shelf  registration  statement.  Additionally,  as  part  of  the  shelf 
registration  statement,  we  have  entered  into  an  equity  distribution  agreement  which  allows  us  to  sell  an  aggregate  of  up  to 
$200.0 million of our common stock from time to time through our agents. The actual dollar amount and number of shares of 
common  stock  we  sell  pursuant  to  the  equity  distribution  agreement  will  be  dependent  on,  among  other  things,  market 
conditions and our fund raising requirements. The agents may sell the common stock by any method deemed to be an “at the 
market  offering”  as  defined  in  Rule  415  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  including  without  limitation  sales  made 
directly on Nasdaq, on any other existing trading market for the common stock or to or through a market maker. In addition, our 
common stock may be offered and sold by such other methods, including privately negotiated transactions, as we and the agents 
may agree. As of July 2, 2021, we have not sold any stock using our at the market offering feature. 

Revolving Credit Facilities

On September 28, 2018, we amended the Revolver to increase and extend the borrowing capacity to a $750.0 million, 5-
year revolving credit line, with the maturity extended to September 2023. We drew $160.0 million  and $40.0 million during the 
second and fourth quarters of fiscal 2021, respectively, on the Revolver to facilitate the acquisitions of POC and Pentek. As of 

37

July  2,  2021,  we  had  $200.0  million  of  outstanding  borrowings  against  the  Revolver.    See  Note  M  in  the  accompanying 
consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the Revolver.

CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities

Net cash used in investing activities

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

For the Fiscal Years Ended 

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

June 30, 2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

97,247  $ 

115,184  $ 

97,517 

(416,887)  $ 

(135,486)  $ 

(153,774) 

206,229  $ 

(10,932)  $ 

(112,999)  $ 

(31,094)  $ 

113,839  $ 

226,838  $ 

247,765 

191,411 

257,932 

Our cash and cash equivalents decreased by $113.0 million during fiscal 2021 primarily as the result of investing activities 
including $372.8 million used in the acquisitions of POC and Pentek and $45.6 million invested in purchases of property and 
equipment. These decreases were partially offset by $200.0 million of borrowings on our Revolver to facilitate the acquisitions 
of POC and Pentek and $97.2 million provided by operating activities. 

Operating Activities

During  fiscal  2021,  we  generated  $97.2  million  in  cash  from  operating  activities,  a  decrease  of  $18.0  million,  as 
compared to $115.2 million during fiscal 2020. The decrease in cash generated by operating activities was primarily the result 
of lower sources of cash from receivables, higher inventory purchases driven by an increase in demand, especially for larger, 
more  complex  integrated  subsystems  and  the  advanced  purchase  of  inventory  intended  to  mitigate  disruptions  to  the  supply 
chain or unforeseen changes in customer behavior resulting from the COVID pandemic. These decreases were partially offset 
by higher sources of cash from deferred revenues and customer advances, other non-current assets and income taxes payable.

Investing Activities

During  fiscal  2021,  we  invested  $416.9  million,  an  increase  of  $281.4  million,  as  compared  to  $135.5  million  during 
fiscal  2020.  The  increase  was  primarily  driven  by  $372.8  million  used  in  the  acquisitions  of  POC  and  Pentek,  as  well  as  an 
incremental $2.3 million invested  in purchases of property and equipment during fiscal 2021. During fiscal 2020, we invested 
$96.5 million in the acquisition of APC, which was partially offset by $4.3 million of proceeds from the sale of an investment.

Financing Activities

During fiscal 2021, we had $206.2 million in cash provided by financing activities, as compared to $10.9 million used in 
financing activities during fiscal 2020. During fiscal 2021, we borrowed a total of $200.0 million on our Revolver to facilitate 
the acquisitions of POC and Pentek. During fiscal 2020, we drew and repaid $200.0 million on our Revolver to provide access 
to capital and flexibility in managing operations during the COVID pandemic. Fiscal 2021 had a decrease of $16.2 million in 
cash used for payments for the retirement of common stock due to a change in our incentive stock plan tax withholding method. 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The following is a schedule of our commitments and contractual obligations outstanding at July 2, 2021:

(In thousands)
Operating leases

Purchase obligations

Total

Less Than
1 Year

1-3
Years

3-5
Years

More Than
5 Years

$ 

100,030  $ 

13,626  $ 

25,134  $ 

21,253  $ 

40,017 

147,591 

147,591 

— 

— 

— 

$ 

247,621  $ 

161,217  $ 

25,134  $ 

21,253  $ 

40,017 

See  Note  B  and  Note  J  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  more  information  regarding  our  obligations  under 

leases.

Purchase  obligations  represent  open  non-cancelable  purchase  commitments  for  certain  inventory  components  and 
services  used  in  normal  operations.  The  purchase  commitments  covered  by  these  agreements  are  for  less  than  one  year  and 
aggregated $147.6 million at July 2, 2021.

We had a liability at July 2, 2021 of $7.5 million for uncertain tax positions that have been taken or are expected to be 
taken  in  various  income  tax  returns.  Our  liability  increased  by  an  additional  $3.4  million  primarily  due  to  a  tax  position 
previously taken on a tax return of an acquired company during the fiscal year ended July 2, 2021. We do not know the ultimate 

38

 
 
 
 
 
resolution of these uncertain tax positions and as such, do not know the ultimate timing of payments related to this liability. 
Accordingly, these amounts are not included in the above table.

Our  standard  product  sales  and  license  agreements  entered  into  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  typically  contain  an 
indemnification  provision  pursuant  to  which  we  indemnify,  hold  harmless,  and  agree  to  reimburse  the  indemnified  party  for 
losses suffered or incurred in connection with certain intellectual property infringement claims by any third party with respect 
to our products. Such provisions generally survive termination or expiration of the agreements. The potential amount of future 
payments we could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is, in some instances, unlimited.

As part of our strategy for growth, we continue to explore acquisitions or strategic alliances. The associated acquisition 
costs incurred in the form of professional fees and services may be material to the future periods in which they occur, regardless 
of whether the acquisition is ultimately completed. 

We may elect from time to time to purchase and subsequently retire shares of common stock in order to settle employees’ 
tax  liabilities  associated  with  vesting  of  a  restricted  stock  award.  These  transactions  would  be  treated  as  a  use  of  cash  in 
financing activities in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

On August 2, 2021, the Company initiated a workforce reduction of approximately 90 employees based on changes in the 
business  environment  and  to  align  with  1MPACT,  the  Company’s  value  creation  initiative,  resulting  in  expected  charges  of 
$9.4 million in the fiscal quarter ending October 1, 2021. These charges include $5.8 million of employee separation costs and 
$3.6  million  of  third-party  consulting  costs.  These  costs  will  be  classified  as  restructuring  and  other  charges  within  the 
Company’s statement of operations and other comprehensive income for the fiscal quarter ending October 1, 2021.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

Other than certain indemnification provisions, we do not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or liabilities, 
guarantee  contracts,  retained  or  contingent  interests  in  transferred  assets,  or  any  obligation  arising  out  of  a  material  variable 
interest in an unconsolidated entity. We do not have any majority-owned subsidiaries that are not consolidated in the financial 
statements. Additionally, we do not have an interest in, or relationships with, any special purpose entities.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During fiscal 2021 and 2020, we did not engage in any related party transactions.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

In  our  periodic  communications,  we  discuss  certain  important  measures  that  are  not  calculated  according  to  U.S. 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles  (“GAAP”),  including  adjusted  EBITDA,  adjusted  income,  adjusted  EPS,  free  cash 
flow, organic revenue and acquired revenue.

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income before other non-operating adjustments, interest income and expense, income 
taxes,  depreciation,  amortization  of  intangible  assets,  restructuring  and  other  charges,  impairment  of  long-lived  assets, 
acquisition and financing costs, fair value adjustments from purchase accounting, litigation and settlement income and expense, 
COVID  related  expenses,  and  stock-based  and  other  non-cash  compensation  expense.  We  use  adjusted  EBITDA  as  an 
important indicator of the operating performance of our business. We use adjusted EBITDA in internal forecasts and models 
when  establishing  internal  operating  budgets,  supplementing  the  financial  results  and  forecasts  reported  to  our  board  of 
directors, determining the portion of bonus compensation for executive officers and other key employees based on operating 
performance,  evaluating  short-term  and  long-term  operating  trends  in  our  operations  and  allocating  resources  to  various 
initiatives and operational requirements. We believe that adjusted EBITDA permits a comparative assessment of our operating 
performance, relative to our performance based on our GAAP results, while isolating the effects of charges that may vary from 
period  to  period  without  any  correlation  to  underlying  operating  performance.  We  believe  that  these  non-GAAP  financial 
adjustments  are  useful  to  investors  because  they  allow  investors  to  evaluate  the  effectiveness  of  the  methodology  and 
information  used  by  management  in  our  financial  and  operational  decision-making.  We  believe  that  trends  in  our  adjusted 
EBITDA are valuable indicators of our operating performance.

Adjusted  EBITDA  is  a  non-GAAP  financial  measure  and  should  not  be  considered  in  isolation  or  as  a  substitute  for 
financial information provided in accordance with GAAP. This non-GAAP financial measure may not be computed in the same 
manner as similarly titled measures used by other companies. We expect to continue to incur expenses similar to the adjusted 
EBITDA  financial  adjustments  described  above,  and  investors  should  not  infer  from  our  presentation  of  this  non-GAAP 
financial measure that these costs are unusual, infrequent or non-recurring.

39

The following table reconciles our net income, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to our adjusted 

EBITDA: 

(In thousands)
Net income

Other non-operating adjustments, net

Interest expense (income), net

Income tax provision

Depreciation

Amortization of intangible assets
Restructuring and other charges(1)
Impairment of long-lived assets

Acquisition and financing costs
Fair value adjustments from purchase accounting(2)
Litigation and settlement expense, net

COVID related expenses
Stock-based and other non-cash compensation expense

For the Fiscal Years Ended

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

June 30, 2019

$ 

62,044  $ 

85,712  $ 

46,775 

(724)   

1,043 

15,129 

25,912 

41,171 

9,222 

— 

8,600 

(290)   

622 

9,943 

29,224 

(5,636)   

(1,145)   

8,221 

18,770 

30,560 

1,805 

— 

5,645 

1,801 

944 

2,593 

26,972 

364 

8,177 

12,752 

18,478 

27,914 

560 

— 

9,628 

713 

344 

— 

19,621 

Adjusted EBITDA

$ 

201,896  $ 

176,242  $ 

145,326 

(1)  Restructuring  and  other  charges  for  fiscal  2021  are  related  to  changing  market  and  business  conditions  including  talent  shifts  and  resource  redundancy 
resulting from internal reorganization and organization structure evaluation the Company completed, as well as third party consulting costs. These charges are 
typically related to acquisitions and organizational redesign programs initiated as part of discrete post-acquisition integration activities. We believe these items 
are non-routine and may not be indicative of ongoing operating results.
(2) Fair value adjustments from purchase accounting for fiscal year 2021 relate to various adjustments arising from the POC acquisition. Fair value adjustments 
from purchase accounting for fiscal year 2020 relate to APC inventory step-up amortization. Fair value adjustments from purchase accounting for fiscal year 
2019 relate to Germane and GECO inventory step-up amortization. 

Adjusted  income  and  adjusted  EPS  exclude  the  impact  of  certain  items  and,  therefore,  have  not  been  calculated  in 
accordance with GAAP. We believe that exclusion of these items assists in providing a more complete understanding of our 
underlying  results  and  trends  and  allows  for  comparability  with  our  peer  company  index  and  industry.  These  non-GAAP 
financial  measures  may  not  be  computed  in  the  same  manner  as  similarly  titled  measures  used  by  other  companies.  We  use 
these  measures  along  with  the  corresponding  GAAP  financial  measures  to  manage  our  business  and  to  evaluate  our 
performance  compared  to  prior  periods  and  the  marketplace.  We  define  adjusted  income  as  net  income  before  other  non-
operating  adjustments,  amortization  of  intangible  assets,  restructuring  and  other  charges,  impairment  of  long-lived  assets, 
acquisition and financing costs, fair value adjustments from purchase accounting, litigation and settlement income and expense, 
COVID related expenses, and stock-based and other non-cash compensation expense. The impact to income taxes includes the 
impact to the effective tax rate, current tax provision and deferred tax provision. Adjusted EPS expresses adjusted income on a 
per share basis using weighted average diluted shares outstanding. 

Adjusted income and adjusted EPS are non-GAAP financial measures and should not be considered in isolation or as a 
substitute for financial information provided in accordance with GAAP. We expect to continue to incur expenses similar to the 
adjusted income and adjusted EPS financial adjustments described above, and investors should not infer from our presentation 
of these non-GAAP financial measures that these costs are unusual, infrequent or non-recurring.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table reconcile net income and diluted earnings per share, the most directly comparable GAAP financial 

measures, to adjusted income and adjusted EPS: 

(In thousands, except per share data)

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

June 30, 2019

Net income and diluted earnings per share

$  62,044  $  1.12  $  85,712  $  1.56  $  46,775  $  0.96 

For the Fiscal Years Ended

   Other non-operating adjustments, net

   Amortization of intangible assets
   Restructuring and other charges(1)
   Impairment of long-lived assets

   Acquisition and financing costs
   Fair value adjustments from purchase accounting(2)
   Litigation and settlement expense, net

   COVID related expenses

   Stock-based and other non-cash compensation expense
   Impact to income taxes(3)
Adjusted income and adjusted earnings per share

(724) 

  41,171 

(5,636) 

  30,560 

364 

  27,914 

9,222 

— 

8,600 

(290) 

622 

9,943 

1,805 

— 

5,645 

1,801 

944 

2,593 

560 

— 

9,628 

713 

344 

— 

  29,224 

  (25,697) 

  26,972 

  (23,634) 

  19,621 

  (16,630) 

$ 134,115  $  2.42  $ 126,762  $  2.30  $  89,289  $  1.84 

Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding

  55,474 

  55,115 

  48,500 

(1)  Restructuring  and  other  charges  for  fiscal  2021  are  related  to  changing  market  and  business  conditions  including  talent  shifts  and  resource  redundancy 
resulting from internal reorganization and organization structure evaluation the Company completed, as well as third party consulting costs. These charges are 
typically related to acquisitions and organizational redesign programs initiated as part of discrete post-acquisition integration activities. We believe these items 
are non-routine and may not be indicative of ongoing operating results.
(2) Fair value adjustments from purchase accounting for fiscal year 2021 relate to various adjustments arising from the POC acquisition. Fair value adjustments 
from purchase accounting for fiscal year 2020 relate to APC inventory step-up amortization. Fair value adjustments from purchase accounting for fiscal year 
2019 relate to Germane and GECO inventory step-up amortization. 
(3)  Impact  to  income  taxes  is  calculated  by  recasting  income  before  income  taxes  to  include  the  add-backs  involved  in  determining  adjusted  income  and 
recalculating the income tax provision using this adjusted income from operations before income taxes. The impact to income taxes includes the impact to the 
effective tax rate, current tax provision and deferred tax provision. 

Free  cash  flow,  a  non-GAAP  measure  for  reporting  cash  flow,  is  defined  as  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  less 
capital expenditures for property and equipment, which includes capitalized software development costs. We believe free cash 
flow provides investors with an important perspective on cash available for investments and acquisitions after making capital 
investments required to support ongoing business operations and long-term value creation. We believe that trends in our free 
cash flow can be valuable indicators of our operating performance and liquidity.

Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial 
information provided in accordance with GAAP. This non-GAAP financial measure may not be computed in the same manner 
as similarly titled measures used by other companies. We expect to continue to incur expenditures similar to the free cash flow 
adjustment  described  above,  and  investors  should  not  infer  from  our  presentation  of  this  non-GAAP  financial  measure  that 
these expenditures reflect all of our obligations which require cash.

The  following  table  reconciles  cash  provided  by  operating  activities,  the  most  directly  comparable  GAAP  financial 

measure, to free cash flow:

(In thousands)
Cash provided by operating activities

Purchase of property and equipment

Free cash flow

For the Fiscal Years Ended

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

June 30, 2019

$ 

$ 

97,247  $ 

115,184  $ 

97,517 

(45,599)   

(43,294)   

(26,691) 

51,648  $ 

71,890  $ 

70,826 

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Organic revenue and acquired revenue are non-GAAP measures for reporting financial performance of our business. We 
believe  this  information  provides  investors  with  insight  as  to  our  ongoing  business  performance.  Organic  revenue  represents 
total  company  revenue  excluding  net  revenue  from  acquired  companies  for  the  first  four  full  quarters  since  the  entities’ 
acquisition  date  (which  excludes  intercompany  transactions).  Acquired  revenue  represents  revenue  from  acquired  companies 
for  the  first  four  full  quarters  since  the  entities'  acquisition  date  (which  excludes  intercompany  transactions).  After  the 
completion of four full fiscal quarters, acquired revenue is treated as organic for current and comparable historical periods.

The  following  table  reconciles  the  most  directly  comparable  GAAP  financial  measure  to  the  non-GAAP  financial 

measure:

(In thousands)
Organic revenue
Acquired revenue(1)
Total revenues

Fiscal 2021

$  835,620 

As a % of
Total Net
Revenue

Fiscal 2020

As a % of
Total Net
Revenue

$ Change

% Change

 90 % $  795,667 

 100 % $  39,953 

 5 %

88,376 

 10 %  

943 

 — %  

87,433 

 9,272 %

$  923,996 

 100 % $  796,610 

 100 % $  127,386 

 16 %

(1) Acquired revenue for all preceding periods presented has been recast for comparative purposes.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND SIGNIFICANT JUDGMENTS AND ESTIMATES

We have identified the policies discussed below as critical to understanding our business and our results of operations. 
The  impact  and  any  associated  risks  related  to  these  policies  on  our  business  operations  are  discussed  throughout 
Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  where  such  policies  affect  our 
reported and expected financial results. We believe the following critical accounting policies to be those most important to the 
portrayal of our financial position and results of operations and those that require the most subjective judgment.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

We recognize revenue at a point in time or over time as the performance obligations are met. A performance obligation is 
a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer. Contracts with distinct performance obligations 
recognized at a point in time, with or without an allocation of the transaction price, totaled 58% and 73% of revenues for the 
fiscal years ended July 2, 2021 and July 3, 2020, respectively. Total revenue recognized under long-term contracts over time 
was 42% and 27% of revenues for the fiscal years ended July 2, 2021 and July 3, 2020, respectively. 

Revenue recognized at a point in time generally relates to contracts that include a combination of components, modules 
and sub-assemblies, integrated subsystems and related system integration or other services. Revenue is recognized at a point in 
time for these products and services (versus over time recognition) due to the following: (i) customers are only able to consume 
the benefits provided by us upon completion of the product or service; (ii) customers do not control the product or service prior 
to  completion;  and  (iii)  we  do  not  have  an  enforceable  right  to  payment  at  all  times  for  performance  completed  to  date. 
Accordingly, there is little judgment in determining when control of the good or service transfers to the customer, and revenue 
is generally recognized upon shipment (for goods) or completion (for services).

For  contracts  with  multiple  performance  obligations,  the  transaction  price  is  allocated  to  each  performance  obligation 
using the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the contract. Standalone selling prices of our goods and 
services are generally not directly observable. Accordingly, the primary method used to estimate standalone selling price is the 
expected cost plus a margin approach, under which we forecast the expected costs of satisfying a performance obligation and 
then add an appropriate margin for that distinct good or service. The objective of the expected cost plus a margin approach is to 
determine  the  price  at  which  we  would  transact  if  the  product  or  service  were  sold  by  us  on  a  standalone  basis.  Our 
determination of the expected cost plus a margin approach involves the consideration of several factors based on the specific 
facts and circumstances of each contract. Specifically, we consider the cost to produce the deliverable, the anticipated margin 
on that deliverable, the selling price and profit margin for similar parts, our ongoing pricing strategy and policies, often based 
on the price list established and updated by management on a regular basis, the value of any enhancements that have been built 
into the deliverable and the characteristics of the varying markets in which the deliverable is sold.

Revenue is recognized over time (versus point in time recognition) for long-term contracts with development, production 
and service activities where the performance obligations are satisfied over time. These long-term contracts involve the design, 
development,  manufacture,  or  modification  of  complex  modules  and  sub-assemblies  or  integrated  subsystems  and  related 
services.  Revenue  is  recognized  over  time,  due  to  the  fact  that:  (i)  our  performance  creates  or  enhances  an  asset  that  the 
customer controls as the asset is created or enhanced; and (ii) our performance creates an asset with no alternative use to us and 
we have an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date. We consider the nature of these contracts and the 
types  of  products  and  services  provided  when  determining  the  proper  accounting  for  a  particular  contract.  These  contracts 

42

 
include both fixed-price and cost reimbursable contracts. Our cost reimbursable contracts typically include cost-plus fixed fee 
and time and material (“T&M”) contracts. We consider whether contracts should be combined or segmented, and based on this 
assessment,  we  combine  closely  related  contracts  when  all  the  applicable  criteria  are  met.  The  combination  of  two  or  more 
contracts requires judgment in determining whether the intent of entering into the contracts was effectively to enter into a single 
contract,  which  should  be  combined  to  reflect  an  overall  profit  rate.  Similarly,  we  may  separate  an  arrangement,  which  may 
consist  of  a  single  contract  or  group  of  contracts,  with  varying  rates  of  profitability,  only  if  the  applicable  criteria  are  met. 
Judgment also is involved in determining whether a single contract or group of contracts may be segmented based on how the 
arrangement and the related performance criteria were negotiated. The decision to combine a group of contracts or segment a 
contract  could  change  the  amount  of  revenue  and  gross  profit  recorded  in  a  given  period.  For  all  types  of  contracts,  we 
recognize anticipated contract losses as soon as they become known and estimable. These losses are recognized in advance of 
contract  performance  and  as  of  July  2,  2021,  approximately  $1.4  million  of  these  costs  were  in  Accrued  expenses  on  our 
Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

For  long-term  contracts,  we  typically  leverage  the  input  method,  using  a  cost-to-cost  measure  of  progress.  We  believe 
that this method represents the most faithful depiction of our performance because it directly measures value transferred to the 
customer.  Contract  estimates  and  estimates  of  any  variable  consideration  are  based  on  various  assumptions  to  project  the 
outcome of future events that may span several years. These assumptions include: the amount of time to complete the contract, 
including the assessment of the nature and complexity of the work to be performed; the cost and availability of materials; the 
availability of subcontractor services and materials; and the availability and timing of funding from the customer. We bear the 
risk of changes in estimates to complete on a fixed-price contract which may cause profit levels to vary from period to period. 
For cost reimbursable contracts, we are reimbursed periodically for allowable costs and are paid a portion of the fee based on 
contract progress. In the limited instances where we enter into T&M contracts, revenue recognized reflects the number of direct 
labor hours expended in the performance of a contract multiplied by the contract billing rate, as well as reimbursement of other 
direct  billable  costs.  For  T&M  contracts,  we  elected  to  use  a  practical  expedient  permitted  by  ASC  606  whereby  revenue  is 
recognized in the amount for which we have a right to invoice the customer based on the control transferred to the customer. 
For over time contracts, we recognize anticipated contract losses as soon as they become known and estimable.

Accounting for long-term contracts requires significant judgment relative to estimating total contract revenues and costs, 
in particular, assumptions relative to the amount of time to complete the contract, including the assessment of the nature and 
complexity  of  the  work  to  be  performed.  Our  estimates  are  based  upon  the  professional  knowledge  and  experience  of  our 
engineers,  program  managers  and  other  personnel,  who  review  each  long-term  contract  monthly  to  assess  the  contract’s 
schedule, performance, technical matters and estimated cost at completion. Changes in estimates are applied retrospectively and 
when adjustments in estimated contract costs are identified, such revisions may result in current period adjustments to earnings 
applicable to performance in prior periods. 

We generally do not provide our customers with rights of product return other than those related to assurance warranty 
provisions that permit repair or replacement of defective goods over a period of 12 to 36 months. We accrue for anticipated 
warranty  costs  upon  product  shipment.  We  do  not  consider  activities  related  to  such  assurance  warranties,  if  any,  to  be  a 
separate performance obligation. We offer separately priced extended warranties which generally range from 12 to 36 months 
that are treated as separate performance obligations. The transaction price allocated to extended warranties is recognized over 
time in proportion to the costs expected to be incurred in satisfying the obligations under the contract. 

On  long-term  contracts,  the  portion  of  the  payments  retained  by  the  customer  is  not  considered  a  significant  financing 
component because most contracts have a duration of less than one year and payment is received as progress is made. Many of 
our long-term contracts have milestone payments, which align the payment schedule with the progress towards completion on 
the performance obligation. On some contracts, we may be entitled to receive an advance payment, which is not considered a 
significant financing component because it is used to facilitate inventory demands at the onset of a contract and to safeguard us 
from the failure of the other party to abide by some or all of their obligations under the contract.

We define service revenues as revenue from activities that are not associated with the design, development, production, 
or delivery of tangible assets, software or specific capabilities sold by us. Examples of our service revenues include: analyst 
services and systems engineering support, consulting, maintenance and other support, testing and installation. We combine our 
product and service revenues into a single class as services revenues are less than 10 percent of total revenues.

INVENTORY VALUATION

We value our inventory at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or its net realizable value. We write down inventory for 
excess  and  obsolescence  based  upon  assumptions  about  future  demand,  product  mix  and  possible  alternative  uses.  Actual 
demand, product mix and alternative usage may be higher or  lower resulting in variations in on our gross margin. 

43

GOODWILL, INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND LONG-LIVED ASSETS

We  evaluate  our  goodwill  for  impairment  annually  in  the  fourth  quarter  and  in  any  interim  period  in  which  events  or 
circumstances  arise  that  indicate  our  goodwill  may  be  impaired.  Indicators  of  impairment  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  a 
significant deterioration in overall economic conditions, a decline in our market capitalization, the loss of significant business, 
significant decreases in funding for our contracts, or other significant adverse changes in industry or market conditions. 

We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. Goodwill impairment guidance provides entities an option to 
perform  a  qualitative  assessment  (commonly  known  as  “step  zero”)  to  determine  whether  further  impairment  testing  is 
necessary before performing the two-step test. The qualitative assessment requires significant judgments by management about 
macro-economic  conditions  including  our  operating  environment,  industry  and  other  market  considerations,  entity-specific 
events related to financial performance or loss of key personnel, and other events that could impact the reporting unit. If we 
conclude that further testing is required, the impairment test involves a two-step process. Step one compares the fair value of 
the reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, 
step  two  is  required  to  determine  if  there  is  an  impairment  of  the  goodwill.  Step  two  compares  the  implied  fair  value  of  the 
reporting  unit's  goodwill  to  the  carrying  amount  of  the  goodwill.  We  estimate  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units  using  the 
income approach based upon a discounted cash flow model. The income approach requires the use of many assumptions and 
estimates including future revenues, expenses, capital expenditures, and working capital, as well as discount factors and income 
tax  rates.  In  addition,  we  use  the  market  approach,  which  compares  the  reporting  unit  to  publicly-traded  companies  and 
transactions involving similar businesses, to support the conclusions of the income approach.

During  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2021,  the  Company  reorganized  its  internal  reporting  unit  structure  to  align  with  the 
Company's market and brand strategy as well as promote scale as the organization continues to grow. The Company evaluated 
this  reorganization  under  ASC  280  to  determine  whether  this  change  has  impacted  the  Company's  single  operating  and 
reportable segment. The Company concluded this change had no effect given the CODM continues to evaluate and manage the 
Company  on  the  basis  of  one  operating  and  reportable  segment.  The  Company  utilized  the  management  approach  for 
determining its operating segment in accordance with ASC 280. 

In accordance with FASB ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”), the Company determines its reporting 
units based upon whether discrete financial information is available, if management regularly reviews the operating results of 
the component, the nature of the products offered to customers and the market characteristics of each reporting unit. A reporting 
unit is considered to be an operating segment or one level below an operating segment also known as a component. Component 
level  financial  information  is  reviewed  by  management  across  three  divisions:  Processing,  Microelectronics,  and  Mission. 
Accordingly, these were determined to be the Company's new reporting units. 

As part of our annual goodwill impairment testing, we utilized a discount rate for each of our reporting units, as defined 
by  ASC  350,  that  we  believe  represents  the  risks  that  our  businesses  face,  considering  their  sizes,  the  current  economic 
environment, and other industry data we believe is appropriate. The discount rates for Processing, Microelectronics and Mission 
were 7.5%, 7.5%, and 7.8%, respectively. The annual testing indicated that the fair values of our Processing, Microelectronics 
and Mission reporting units significantly exceeded their carrying values, and thus no further testing was required. 

We also review finite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets when indications of potential impairment exist, such as 
a significant reduction in undiscounted cash flows associated with the assets. Should the fair value of our finite-lived intangible 
assets  or  long-lived  assets  decline  because  of  reduced  operating  performance,  market  declines,  or  other  indicators  of 
impairment, a charge to operations for impairment may be necessary. 

INCOME TAXES

The determination of income tax expense requires us to make certain estimates and judgments concerning the calculation 
of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities,  as  well  as  the  deductions  and  credits  that  are  available  to  reduce  taxable  income.  We 
recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in our 
consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference 
between  the  financial  statement  and  tax  basis  of  assets  and  liabilities  using  enacted  tax  rates  for  the  year  in  which  the 
differences are expected to reverse.

In evaluating our ability to recover deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including 
our past operating results, our forecast of future earnings, future taxable income, and tax planning strategies. The assumptions 
utilized in determining future taxable income require significant judgment. We record a valuation allowance against deferred 
tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be 
realized. If it becomes more likely than not that a tax asset will be used for which a reserve has been provided, we reverse the 
related valuation allowance. If our actual future taxable income by tax jurisdiction differs from estimates, additional allowances 
or reversals of reserves may be necessary.

44

We use a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions. First, the tax position must be evaluated to 
determine the likelihood that it will be sustained upon external examination. If the tax position is deemed more-likely-than-not 
to be sustained, the tax position is then assessed to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The 
amount of the benefit that may be recognized is the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon 
ultimate settlement. We reevaluate our uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis and any changes to these positions as a result 
of tax audits, tax laws or other facts and circumstances could result in additional charges to operations.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

We  utilize  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  for  business  combinations  and  allocate  the  purchase  price  of  an 
acquisition to the various tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. 
We primarily establish fair value using the income approach based upon a discounted cash flow model. The income approach 
requires  the  use  of  many  assumptions  and  estimates  including  future  revenues  and  expenses,  as  well  as  discount  factors  and 
income tax rates. Other estimates include:

•

•

•

estimated step-ups for the overt-time contracts fixed assets, leasehold interests and inventory;

estimated fair values of intangible assets; and

estimated income tax assets and liabilities assumed from the acquiree.

While  we  use  our  best  estimates  and  assumptions  as  part  of  the  purchase  price  allocation  process  to  accurately  value 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the business acquisition date, our estimates and assumptions are inherently uncertain 
and  subject  to  refinement.  As  a  result,  during  the  purchase  price  allocation  period,  which  is  generally  one  year  from  the 
business acquisition date, we record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to 
goodwill. For changes in the valuation of intangible assets between preliminary and final purchase price allocation, the related 
amortization  is  adjusted  in  the  period  it  occurs.  Subsequent  to  the  purchase  price  allocation  period  any  adjustment  to  assets 
acquired or liabilities assumed is included in operating results in the period in which the adjustment is determined. 

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

See Note B to consolidated financial statements (under the caption “Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements”).

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

See Note B to consolidated financial statements (under the caption “Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements”).

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

INTEREST RATE RISK

Our exposure to interest rate risk is related primarily to our investment portfolio and the Revolver. 

Our  investment  portfolio  includes  money  market  funds  from  high  quality  U.S.  government  issuers.  A  change  in 
prevailing interest rates may cause the fair value of our investments to fluctuate. For example, if we hold a security that was 
issued with a fixed interest rate at the then-prevailing rate and the prevailing rate rises, the fair value of the principal amount of 
our investment will probably decline. To minimize this risk, investments are generally available for sale and we generally limit 
the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer.

We also are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes primarily through our borrowing activities. For our variable 
rate borrowings, we may use a fixed interest rate swap, effectively converting a portion of variable rate borrowings to fixed rate 
borrowings in order to mitigate the impact of interest rate changes on earnings. We utilize interest rate derivatives to mitigate 
interest rate exposure with respect to our financing arrangements. There were $200.0 million of outstanding borrowings against 
the Revolver at July 2, 2021. 

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

Financial  instruments  that  potentially  expose  the  Company  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk  consist  principally  of  cash, 
cash equivalents and accounts receivable. We place our cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions with high credit 
quality.  As  of  July  2,  2021  and  July  3,  2020,  we  had  $113.8  million  and  $226.8  million,  respectively,  of  cash  and  cash 
equivalents on deposit or invested with our financial and lending institutions.

We  provide  credit  to  customers  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  We  perform  ongoing  credit  evaluations  of  our 
customers’  financial  condition  and  limit  the  amount  of  credit  extended  when  deemed  necessary.  As  of  July  2,  2021,  five 
customers accounted for 60% of our receivables, unbilled receivables and costs in excess of billings. As of July 3, 2020, five 
customers accounted for 52% of our receivables, unbilled receivables and costs in excess of billings.

45

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK

We operate primarily in the United States; however, we conduct business outside the United States through our foreign 
subsidiaries in Switzerland, the United Kingdom, France, Japan, Spain and Canada where business is largely transacted in non-
U.S.  dollar  currencies.  Accordingly,  we  are  subject  to  exposure  from  adverse  movements  in  the  exchange  rates  of  local 
currencies.  Local  currencies  are  used  as  the  functional  currency  for  our  non-U.S.  subsidiaries.  Consequently,  changes  in  the 
exchange  rates  of  the  currencies  may  impact  the  translation  of  the  foreign  subsidiaries’  statements  of  operations  into  U.S. 
dollars, which may in turn affect our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

We have not entered into any financial derivative instruments that expose us to material market risk, including any 

instruments designed to hedge the impact of foreign currency exposures. We may, however, hedge such exposure to foreign 
currency exchange rate fluctuations in the future.

46

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
Mercury Systems, Inc.:

Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Mercury  Systems,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the 
Company) as of July 2, 2021 and July 3, 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, 
shareholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  fiscal  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  July  2,  2021,  and  the  related 
notes  and  financial  statement  schedule  II  (collectively,  the  consolidated  financial  statements).  We  also  have  audited  the 
Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  July  2,  2021,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  – 
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of the Company as of July 2, 2021 and July 3, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the 
fiscal years in the three-year period ended July 2, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also 
in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of July 2, 
2021 based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

The  Company  acquired  Physical  Optics  Corporation  (“POC”),  Pentek  Technologies,  LLC  and  Pentek  Systems,  Inc. 
(collectively,  “Pentek”)  during  fiscal  year  2021,  and  management  excluded  from  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  the 
Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  July  2,  2021,  POC’s  and  Pentek’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting associated with 22 percent of total consolidated assets (of which 16 percent represented goodwill and intangible assets 
included within the scope of the assessment) and 9 percent of total consolidated revenues included in the consolidated financial 
statements of the Company as of and for the fiscal year ended July 2, 2021. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting 
of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of POC and Pentek.

Basis for Opinions 

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal 
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included 
in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to 
express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over 
financial  reporting  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with 
the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the 
PCAOB.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB.  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and 
perform  the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in 
all material respects. 

Our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to 
those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the 
consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audit  of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal 
control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the 
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures 
that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and 
expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 

47

company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The  critical  audit  matters  communicated  below  are  matters  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  consolidated 
financial  statements  that  were  communicated  or  required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that:  (1)  relate  to 
accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, 
subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the 
consolidated  financial  statements,  taken  as  a  whole,  and  we  are  not,  by  communicating  the  critical  audit  matters  below, 
providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Estimate of total contract costs to be incurred for fixed price contract revenue recognized over time

As discussed in Note B to the consolidated financial statements, fixed price contract revenue recognized over time for the 
year ended July 2, 2021 represented 42% of total revenues. For those fixed price contracts recognized over time, the Company 
recognizes revenue based on the ratio of (1) actual contract costs incurred to date to (2) the Company’s estimate of total contract 
costs to be incurred.

We identified the evaluation of total contract costs to be incurred for fixed price contract revenue recognized over time as 
a critical audit matter given the complex nature of the Company’s products sold under such contracts. In particular, evaluating 
the Company’s judgments regarding the amount of time to complete the contracts, including the assessment of the nature and 
complexity of the work to be performed, involved a high degree of subjective auditor judgment.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and 
tested  the  operating  effectiveness  of  certain  internal  controls  related  to  the  Company’s  process  to  develop  estimates  of  total 
contract  costs  to  be  incurred  for  partially  completed  performance  obligations.  This  included  controls  related  to  the  estimated 
amount of time to complete the contracts, including the assessment of the nature and complexity of the work to be performed. 
We  considered  factors,  including  the  value  and  stage  of  completion,  to  select  certain  customer  contracts  to  evaluate  the 
Company’s assumptions underlying the estimate of total contract costs to be incurred. We inspected the selected contracts to 
evaluate the Company’s identification of performance obligations and the determined method for measuring contract progress. 
We compared the Company’s original or prior period estimate of total contract costs to be incurred to the actual costs incurred 
for completed contracts to assess the Company’s ability to accurately estimate costs. We inquired of operational personnel of 
the Company to evaluate progress to date, the estimate of remaining costs to be incurred, and factors impacting the amount of 
time  and  cost  to  complete  the  selected  contracts,  including  the  assessment  of  the  nature  and  complexity  of  the  work  to  be 
performed. We inspected correspondence, if any, between the Company and the customer for the selected contracts as part of 
our evaluation of contract progress. 

Evaluation  of  the  fair  value  of  customer  relationship  intangible  assets  acquired  in  the  Physical  Optics  Corporation 

business combination

As discussed in Note C to the consolidated financial statements, on December 30, 2020, the Company acquired Physical 
Optics  Corporation.  As  a  result  of  the  transaction,  the  Company  acquired  customer  relationship  intangible  assets.  The 
acquisition-date preliminary fair value for the customer relationship intangible assets were $83.0 million.

We identified the evaluation of the fair value of a certain customer relationship intangible asset acquired in the Physical 
Optics Corporation transaction as a critical audit matter. A high degree of subjectivity was required in evaluating certain inputs 
in  the  discounted  cash  flow  model  used  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  such  asset.  The  key  assumptions  used  within  the 
discounted cash flow model included expected future revenue growth and the discount rate. Changes in these assumptions could 
have a significant impact on the fair value of the customer relationship intangible asset.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and 
tested  the  operating  effectiveness  of  certain  internal  controls  related  to  the  Company’s  acquisition-date  valuation  process, 
including controls over the development of the expected future revenue growth and discount rate used in the discounted cash 
flow model to value the customer relationship intangible assets. We evaluated the expected future revenue growth used by the 
Company by comparing the assumptions used to the historical performance of the acquired Company, as well as considering 
defense industry data. We also involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in:

•

•

evaluating  the  Company’s  discount  rate  by  comparing  the  rate  against  a  discount  rate  range  that  was  independently 
developed using publicly available market data for comparable entities

developing  a  fair  value  estimate  of  the  customer  relationship  intangible  assets  using  the  Company’s  cash  flow 
projections and independently developed range of discount rates and comparing it to the Company’s estimate.

48

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2006.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

August 17, 2021

49

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

MERCURY SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share and per share data) 

Assets
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $1,720 and $1,451 at July 2, 
2021 and July 3, 2020, respectively
Unbilled receivables and costs in excess of billings
Inventory
Prepaid income taxes
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Other non-current assets

Total assets

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Accrued compensation
Deferred revenues and customer advances

Total current liabilities

Deferred income taxes
Income taxes payable
Long-term debt
Operating lease liabilities
Other non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note L)
Shareholders’ equity:

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

$ 

113,839  $ 

226,838 

128,807 
162,921 
221,640 
782 
15,111 
643,100 
128,524 
804,906 
307,559 
66,373 
4,675 
1,955,137  $ 

120,438 
90,289 
178,093 
2,498 
16,613 
634,769 
87,737 
614,076 
208,748 
60,613 
4,777 
1,610,720 

47,951  $ 
24,652 
40,043 
38,177 
150,823 
28,810 
7,467 
200,000 
71,508 
12,383 
470,991 

41,877 
23,794 
41,270 
18,974 
125,915 
13,889 
4,117 
— 
66,981 
15,034 
225,936 

$ 

$ 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or 
outstanding
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 85,000,000 shares authorized; 55,241,120 and 
54,702,322 shares issued and outstanding at July 2, 2021 and July 3, 2020, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total shareholders’ equity
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

— 

— 

552 
1,109,434 
374,499 

(339)   

1,484,146 
1,955,137  $ 

$ 

547 
1,074,667 
312,455 
(2,885) 
1,384,784 
1,610,720 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MERCURY SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands, except per share data) 

Net revenues
Cost of revenues

Gross margin

Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative
Research and development
Amortization of intangible assets
Restructuring and other charges
Acquisition costs and other related expenses

Total operating expenses

Income from operations
Interest income
Interest expense
Other (expense) income, net
Income before income taxes
Income tax provision
Net income

Basic net earnings per share
Diluted net earnings per share

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

Basic
Diluted

Comprehensive income:
Net income
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Pension benefit plan, net of tax
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Total comprehensive income

For the Fiscal Years Ended

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

June 30, 2019

$ 

923,996  $ 
538,808 
385,188 

796,610  $ 
439,766 
356,844 

654,744 
368,588 
286,156 

134,337 
113,481 
41,171 
9,222 
5,976 
304,187 
81,001 
179 
(1,222)   
(2,785)   
77,173 
15,129 
62,044  $ 

132,253 
98,485 
30,560 
1,805 
2,679 
265,782 
91,062 
2,151 
(1,006)   
1,726 
93,933 
8,221 
85,712  $ 

110,717 
68,925 
27,914 
560 
1,456 
209,572 
76,584 
932 
(9,109) 
(8,880) 
59,527 
12,752 
46,775 

1.13  $ 
1.12  $ 

1.57  $ 
1.56  $ 

0.98 
0.96 

55,070 
55,474 

54,546 
55,115 

47,831 
48,500 

62,044  $ 
(739)   
3,285 
2,546 
64,590  $ 

85,712  $ 
174 
(1,768)   
(1,594)   
84,118  $ 

46,775 
(232) 
(2,350) 
(2,582) 
44,193 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MERCURY SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
For the Fiscal Years Ended July 2, 2021, July 3, 2020 and June 30, 2019 
(In thousands)

Balance at June 30, 2018
Issuance of common stock under 
employee stock incentive plans
Issuance of common stock under 
employee stock purchase plan
Retirement of common stock

Follow-on public stock offering

Stock-based compensation

Net income

Other comprehensive loss

Balance at June 30, 2019
Issuance of common stock under 
employee stock incentive plans
Issuance of common stock under 
employee stock purchase plan

Retirement of common stock

Stock-based compensation

Net income

Other comprehensive loss

Balance at July 3, 2020
Issuance of common stock under 
employee stock incentive plans
Issuance of common stock under 
employee stock purchase plan

Retirement of common stock

Stock-based compensation

Net income

Other comprehensive income

Balance at July 2, 2021

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Total
Shareholders’
Equity

46,924  $ 

469  $ 

590,163  $ 

179,968  $ 

1,291  $ 

771,891 

478 

102 

(156)   

6,900 

— 

— 

— 

5 

1 

(5)   

3,660 

(2)   

(7,966)   

69 

— 

— 

— 

453,504 

19,389 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

46,775 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3,661 

(7,968) 

453,573 

19,389 

46,775 

(2,582)   

(2,582) 

54,248 

542 

1,058,745 

226,743 

(1,291)   

1,284,739 

562 

89 

6 

1 

(1)   

5,311 

(197)   

(2)   

(16,247)   

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

26,859 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

85,712 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

5 

5,312 

(16,249) 

26,859 

85,712 

(1,594)   

(1,594) 

54,702 

547 

1,074,667 

312,455 

(2,885)   

1,384,784 

439 

101 

(1)   

— 

— 

— 

4 

1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

10 

6,280 

(66)   

28,543 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

62,044 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,546 

14 

6,281 

(66) 

28,543 

62,044 

2,546 

55,241  $ 

552  $  1,109,434  $ 

374,499  $ 

(339)  $  1,484,146 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MERCURY SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization expense

Stock-based compensation expense

Benefit for deferred income taxes

Gain on investments

Termination of interest rate swap

Other non-cash items

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of businesses acquired:

Accounts receivable, unbilled receivables, and costs in excess of billings

Inventory

Prepaid income taxes

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Other non-current assets

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and accrued compensation

Deferred revenues and customer advances

Income taxes payable

Other non-current liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

Purchases of property and equipment

Proceeds from sale of investment

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from employee stock plans

Payments for retirement of common stock

Payments under credit facilities

Borrowings under credit facilities

Proceeds from equity offering, net

Termination of interest rate swap

Payments of deferred financing and offering costs

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Cash paid during the period for:

Interest

Income taxes

Supplemental disclosures—non-cash activities:

Non-cash investing activity

Non-cash financing activity

For the Fiscal Years Ended

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

June 30, 2019

$ 

62,044  $ 

85,712  $ 

46,775 

67,083 

28,290 

(1,125) 

— 

— 

3,745 

(51,981) 

(27,441) 

1,703 

1,718 

5,459 

(6,315) 

13,731 

4,080 

(3,744) 

97,247 

(372,826) 

(45,599) 

1,538 

49,330 

26,538 

(3,019) 

(5,817) 

— 

3,509 

(31,079) 

(31,609) 

(2,792) 

(2,116) 

(1,260) 

13,610 

7,082 

(131) 

7,226 

115,184 

(96,502) 

(43,294) 

4,310 

46,392 

19,422 

(1,557) 

— 

5,420 

3,779 

(28,096) 

(17,101) 

3,843 

(1,075) 

101 

17,949 

(1,531) 

3,152 

44 

97,517 

(127,083) 

(26,691) 

— 

(416,887) 

(135,486) 

(153,774) 

6,295 

(66) 

— 

200,000 

— 

— 

— 

206,229 

412 

(112,999) 
226,838 

5,317 

(16,249) 

(200,000) 

200,000 

— 

— 

— 

3,661 

(7,968) 

(324,500) 

129,500 

454,343 

(5,420) 

(1,851) 

(10,932) 

247,765 

140 

(31,094) 
257,932 

(97) 

191,411 
66,521 

257,932 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

113,839  $ 

226,838  $ 

1,088  $ 

8,983  $ 

1,046  $ 

12,939  $ 

10,368 

7,351 

(1,928)  $ 

2,623  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

770 

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MERCURY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

A.

Description of Business

Mercury  Systems,  Inc.  (the  “Company”  or  “Mercury”)  is  a  leading  technology  company  serving  the  aerospace  and 
defense  industry,  positioned  at  the  intersection  of  high-tech  and  defense.  Headquartered  in  Andover,  Massachusetts,  the 
Company delivers products and solutions that power a broad range of aerospace and defense programs, optimized for mission 
success in some of the most challenging and demanding environments. The Company envisions, creates and delivers innovative 
technology solutions that are open, purpose-built and uncompromised to meet our customers’ most-pressing high-tech needs, 
including those specific to the defense community. 

On May 27, 2021, we acquired Pentek for a purchase price of $65.0 million, subject to net working capital and net debt 
adjustments.  Based  in  Upper  Saddle  River,  New  Jersey,  Pentek  is  a  leading  designer  and  manufacturer  of  ruggedized,  high-
performance,  commercial  off-the-shelf  ("COTS")  software-defined  radio  and  data  acquisition  boards,  recording  systems  and 
subsystems for high-end commercial and defense applications. The acquisition and associated transaction expenses were funded 
through a combination of cash on hand and Mercury's existing revolving credit facility (the "Revolver"). 

On December 30, 2020, we acquired Physical Optics Corporation ("POC") for a purchase price of $310.0 million, subject 
to  net  working  capital  and  net  debt  adjustments.  Based  in  Torrance,  California,  POC  more  than  doubles  our  global  avionics 
business  and  expands  its  collective  footprint  in  the  platform  and  mission  management  market.  We  funded  the  acquisition 
through a combination of cash on hand and our existing Revolver. 

On September 23, 2019, the Company acquired American Panel Corporation (“APC”) on a cash-free, debt-free basis for a 
total purchase price of $100,000, prior to net working capital and net debt adjustments. Based in Alpharetta, Georgia, APC is a 
leading innovator in large area display technology for the aerospace and defense market. APC's capabilities are deployed on a 
wide range of next-generation platforms. 

For further details on the acquisitions, see Note C to the consolidated financial statements. 

B.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  All 

intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Effective  July  1,  2019,  the  Company's  fiscal  year  has  changed  to  the  52-week  or  53-week  period  ending  on  the  Friday 
closest to the last day in June. All references to fiscal 2021 are to the 52-week period from July 4, 2020 to July 2, 2021. All 
references to fiscal 2020 are to the 53-week period from July 1, 2019 to July 3, 2020. All references to fiscal 2019 are to the 52-
week period from and July 1, 2018 to June 30, 2019. There have been no reclassifications of prior comparable periods due to 
this change.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) requires 
management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of 
contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  dates  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses 
during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

The Company utilizes the acquisition method of accounting under ASC 805, Business Combinations, (“ASC 805”), for 
all transactions and events in which it obtains control over one or more other businesses, to recognize the fair value of all assets 
and liabilities acquired, even if less than one hundred percent ownership is acquired, and in establishing the acquisition date fair 
value  as  of  the  measurement  date  for  all  assets  and  liabilities  assumed.  The  Company  also  utilizes  ASC  805  for  the  initial 
recognition  and  measurement,  subsequent  measurement  and  accounting,  and  disclosure  of  assets  and  liabilities  arising  from 
contingencies in business combinations. Other estimates include: 

•

•

•

estimated step-ups for fixed assets and inventory;

estimated fair values of intangible assets; and

estimated income tax assets and liabilities assumed from the acquiree.

54

While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions as part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately 
value  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  at  the  business  acquisition  date,  the  estimates  and  assumptions  are  inherently 
uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the purchase price allocation period, which is generally one year from 
the  business  acquisition  date,  the  Company  records  adjustments  to  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed,  with  the 
corresponding offset to goodwill. For changes in the valuation of intangible assets between the preliminary and final purchase 
price allocation, the related amortization is adjusted in the period it occurs. Subsequent to the purchase price allocation period, 
any adjustment to assets acquired or liabilities assumed is included in operating results in the period in which the adjustment is 
determined. 

LEASES

The Company measures its lease obligations in accordance with ASC 842, Leases, (“ASC 842”), which requires lessees 
to recognize a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and lease liability for most lease arrangements. Effective July 1, 2019, the Company 
adopted ASC 842 using the optional transition method and, as a result, there have been no reclassifications of prior comparable 
periods due to this adoption.

The Company has arrangements involving the lease of facilities, machinery and equipment. Under ASC 842, at inception 
of  the  arrangement,  the  Company  determines  whether  the  contract  is  or  contains  a  lease  and  whether  the  lease  should  be 
classified  as  an  operating  or  a  financing  lease.  This  determination,  among  other  considerations,  involves  an  assessment  of 
whether the Company can control the underlying asset and have the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits or 
outputs from the asset. 

The Company recognizes ROU assets and lease liabilities as of the lease commencement date based on the net present 
value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term. ASC 842 requires lessees to use the rate implicit in the lease 
unless it is not readily determinable and then it may use its incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) to discount the future minimum 
lease payments. Most of the Company's lease arrangements do not provide an implicit rate; therefore, the Company uses its IBR 
to discount the future minimum lease payments. The Company determines its IBR with its credit rating and current economic 
information  available  as  of  the  commencement  date,  as  well  as  the  identified  lease  term.  During  the  assessment  of  the  lease 
term,  the  Company  considers  its  renewal  options  and  extensions  within  the  arrangements  and  the  Company  includes  these 
options when it is reasonably certain to extend the term of the lease. 

The Company has lease arrangements with both lease and non-lease components. Consideration is allocated to lease and 
non-lease components based on estimated standalone prices. The Company has elected to exclude non-lease components from 
the calculation of its ROU assets and lease liabilities. In the Company's adoption of ASC 842, leases with an initial term of 12 
months or less will not result in recognition of a ROU asset and a lease liability and will be expensed as incurred over the lease 
term. Leases of this nature were immaterial to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The  Company  has  lease  arrangements  that  contain  incentives  for  tenant  improvements  as  well  as  fixed  rent  escalation 
clauses.  For  contracts  with  tenant  improvement  incentives  that  are  determined  to  be  a  leasehold  improvement  that  will  be 
owned by the lessee and the Company is reasonably certain to exercise, it records a reduction to the lease liability and amortizes 
the  incentive  over  the  identified  term  of  the  lease  as  a  reduction  to  rent  expense.  The  Company  records  rental  expense  on  a 
straight-line basis over the identified lease term on contracts with rent escalation clauses. 

Finance leases are not material to the Company's consolidated financial statements and the Company is not a lessor in any 
material  lease  arrangements.  There  are  no  material  restrictions,  covenants,  sale  and  leaseback  transactions,  variable  lease 
payments or residual value guarantees in the Company's lease arrangements. Operating leases are included in Operating lease 
right-of-use  assets,  Accrued  expenses,  and  Operating  lease  liabilities  in  the  Company's  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  The 
standard had no impact on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income or Consolidated 
Statements of Cash Flows. See Note J to the consolidated financial statements for more information regarding our obligations 
under leases.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the five step model set forth by ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers, (“ASC 606”), which involves identification of the contract(s), identification of performance obligations in the 
contract,  determination  of  the  transaction  price,  allocation  of  the  transaction  price  to  the  previously  identified  performance 
obligations, and revenue recognition as the performance obligations are satisfied. 

During step one of the five step model, the Company considers whether contracts should be combined or segmented, and 
based  on  this  assessment,  the  Company  combines  closely  related  contracts  when  all  the  applicable  criteria  are  met.  The 
combination of two or more contracts requires judgment in determining whether the intent of entering into the contracts was 
effectively to enter into a single contract, which should be combined to reflect an overall profit rate. Similarly, the Company 
may separate an arrangement, which may consist of a single contract or group of contracts, with varying rates of profitability, 

55

only if the applicable criteria are met. Judgment also is involved in determining whether a single contract or group of contracts 
may  be  segmented  based  on  how  the  arrangement  and  the  related  performance  criteria  were  negotiated.  The  conclusion  to 
combine a group of contracts or segment a contract could change the amount of revenue and gross profit recorded in a given 
period. 

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer. A contract’s 
transaction  price  is  allocated  to  each  distinct  performance  obligation  and  recognized  as  revenue  when  the  performance 
obligation is satisfied. Certain contracts with customers require the Company to perform tests of its products prior to shipment 
to ensure their performance complies with the Company’s published product specifications and, on occasion, with additional 
customer-requested  specifications.  In  these  cases,  the  Company  conducts  such  tests  and,  if  they  are  completed  successfully, 
includes  a  written  confirmation  with  each  order  shipped.  As  a  result,  at  the  time  of  each  product  shipment,  the  Company 
believes that no further customer testing requirements exist and that there is no uncertainty of acceptance by its customer. The 
Company's contracts with customers generally do not include a right of return relative to delivered products. In certain cases, 
contracts  are  modified  to  account  for  changes  in  the  contract  specifications  or  requirements.  In  most  instances,  contract 
modifications are accounted for as part of the existing contract. Certain contracts with customers have options for the customer 
to acquire additional goods or services. In most cases the pricing of these options are reflective of the standalone selling price of 
the  good  or  service.  These  options  do  not  provide  the  customer  with  a  material  right  and  are  accounted  for  only  when  the 
customer  exercises  the  option  to  purchase  the  additional  goods  or  services.  If  the  option  on  the  customer  contract  was  not 
indicative  of  the  standalone  selling  price  of  the  good  or  service,  the  material  right  would  be  accounted  for  as  a  separate 
performance obligation. 

The Company is a leading technology company serving the aerospace and defense industry, positioned at the intersection 
of  high-tech  and  defense.  Revenues  are  derived  from  the  sales  of  products  that  are  grouped  into  one  of  the  following  three 
categories:  (i)  components;  (ii)  modules  and  sub-assemblies;  and  (iii)  integrated  subsystems.  The  Company  also  generates 
revenues from the performance of services, including systems engineering support, consulting, maintenance and other support, 
testing and installation. Each promised good or service within a contract is accounted for separately under the guidance of ASC 
606  if  they  are  distinct.  Promised  goods  or  services  not  meeting  the  criteria  for  being  a  distinct  performance  obligation  are 
bundled into a single performance obligation with other goods or services that together meet the criteria for being distinct. The 
appropriate  allocation  of  the  transaction  price  and  recognition  of  revenue  is  then  determined  for  the  bundled  performance 
obligation.

Once  the  Company  identifies  the  performance  obligations,  the  Company  then  determines  the  transaction  price,  which 
includes estimating the amount of variable consideration to be included in the transaction price, if any. Variable consideration 
typically arises due to volume discounts, or other provisions that can either decrease or increase the transaction price. To the 
extent the transaction price includes variable consideration, the Company estimates the amount of variable consideration that 
should  be  included  in  the  transaction  price  utilizing  either  the  expected  value  method  or  the  most  likely  amount  method 
depending on the method the Company expects to better predict the amount of consideration to which it will be entitled. The 
determination of the estimates for variable consideration require judgment, and are based on past history with similar contracts 
and anticipated performance. Further, variable consideration is only included in the determination of the transaction price if it is 
probable that a significant reversal in the amount of revenue recognized will not occur. There are no constraints on the variable 
consideration recorded.

For  contracts  with  multiple  performance  obligations,  the  transaction  price  is  allocated  to  each  performance  obligation 
using the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the contract. Standalone selling prices of the Company’s 
goods and services are generally not directly observable. Accordingly, the primary method used to estimate standalone selling 
price  is  the  expected  cost  plus  a  margin  approach,  under  which  the  Company  forecasts  the  expected  costs  of  satisfying  a 
performance obligation and then adds an appropriate margin for that distinct good or service. The objective of the expected cost 
plus a margin approach is to determine the price at which the Company would transact if the product or service were sold by the 
Company  on  a  standalone  basis.  The  Company's  determination  of  the  expected  cost  plus  a  margin  approach  involves  the 
consideration  of  several  factors  based  on  the  specific  facts  and  circumstances  of  each  contract.  Specifically,  the  Company 
considers the cost to produce the deliverable, the anticipated margin on that deliverable, the selling price and profit margin for 
similar  parts,  the  Company’s  ongoing  pricing  strategy  and  policies,  often  based  on  the  price  list  established  and  updated  by 
management on a regular basis, the value of any enhancements that have been built into the deliverable and the characteristics 
of the varying markets in which the deliverable is sold.

The  Company  analyzes  the  standalone  selling  prices  used  in  its  allocation  of  transaction  price  on  contracts  at  least 
annually. Standalone selling prices will be analyzed on a more frequent basis if a significant change in the Company’s business 
necessitates a more frequent analysis or if the Company experiences significant variances in its selling prices.

Revenue recognized at a point in time generally relates to contracts that include a combination of components, modules 
and sub-assemblies, integrated subsystems and related system integration or other services. Contracts with distinct performance 
obligations recognized at a point in time, with or without an allocation of the transaction price, totaled 58%, 73% and 77% of 

56

revenues in the fiscal years ended July 2, 2021, July 3, 2020 and June 30, 2019, respectively. Revenue is recognized at a point 
in  time  for  these  products  and  services  (versus  over  time  recognition)  due  to  the  following:  (i)  customers  are  only  able  to 
consume the benefits provided by the Company upon completion of the product or service; (ii) customers do not control the 
product or service prior to completion; and (iii) the Company does not have an enforceable right to payment at all times for 
performance  completed  to  date.  Accordingly,  there  is  little  judgment  in  determining  when  control  of  the  good  or  service 
transfers to the customer, and revenue is generally recognized upon shipment (for goods) or completion (for services).

The Company engages in long-term contracts for development, production and service activities and recognizes revenue 
for  performance  obligations  over  time.  These  long-term  contracts  involve  the  design,  development,  manufacture,  or 
modification  of  complex  modules  and  sub-assemblies  or  integrated  subsystems  and  related  services.  Revenue  is  recognized 
over time, due to the fact that: (i) the Company’s performance creates or enhances an asset that the customer controls as the 
asset is created or enhanced; and (ii) the Company’s performance creates an asset with no alternative use to the Company and 
the  Company  has  an  enforceable  right  to  payment  for  performance  completed  to  date.  The  Company  considers  the  nature  of 
these  contracts  and  the  types  of  products  and  services  provided  when  determining  the  proper  accounting  for  a  particular 
contract. These contracts include both fixed-price and cost reimbursable contracts. The Company’s cost reimbursable contracts 
typically include cost-plus fixed fee and time and material (“T&M”) contracts.

For long-term contracts, the Company typically leverages the input method, using a cost-to-cost measure of progress. The 
Company  believes  that  this  method  represents  the  most  faithful  depiction  of  the  Company’s  performance  because  it  directly 
measures value transferred to the customer. Contract estimates and estimates of any variable consideration are based on various 
assumptions to project the outcome of future events that may span several years. These assumptions include: the amount of time 
to  complete  the  contract,  including  the  assessment  of  the  nature  and  complexity  of  the  work  to  be  performed;  the  cost  and 
availability of materials; the availability of subcontractor services and materials; and the availability and timing of funding from 
the customer. The Company bears the risk of changes in estimates to complete on a fixed-price contract which may cause profit 
levels to vary from period to period. For cost reimburseable contracts, the Company is reimbursed periodically for allowable 
costs and is paid a portion of the fee based on contract progress. In the limited instances where the Company enters into T&M 
contracts, revenue recognized reflects the number of direct labor hours expended in the performance of a contract multiplied by 
the contract billing rate, as well as reimbursement of other direct billable costs. For T&M contracts, the Company recognizes 
revenue  in  the  amount  for  which  the  Company  has  a  right  to  invoice  the  customer  based  on  the  control  transferred  to  the 
customer.  For  over  time  contracts,  the  Company  recognizes  anticipated  contract  losses  as  soon  as  they  become  known  and 
estimable.

Accounting for long-term contracts requires significant judgment relative to estimating total contract revenues and costs,  
in particular, assumptions relative to the amount of time to complete the contract, including the assessment of the nature and 
complexity of the work to be performed. The Company’s estimates are based upon the professional knowledge and experience 
of its engineers, program managers and other personnel, who review each long-term contract monthly to assess the contract’s 
schedule, performance, technical matters and estimated cost at completion. Changes in estimates are applied retrospectively and 
when adjustments in estimated contract costs are identified, such revisions may result in current period adjustments to earnings 
applicable to performance in prior periods.

Total  revenue  recognized  under  long-term  contracts  over  time  was  42%,  27%  and  23%  of  revenues  in  the  fiscal  years 

ended July 2, 2021, July 3, 2020 and June 30, 2019, respectively.

The Company generally does not provide its customers with rights of product return other than those related to assurance 
warranty  provisions  that  permit  repair  or  replacement  of  defective  goods  over  a  period  of  12  to  36  months.  The  Company 
accrues  for  anticipated  warranty  costs  upon  product  shipment.  The  Company  does  not  consider  activities  related  to  such 
assurance  warranties,  if  any,  to  be  a  separate  performance  obligation.  The  Company  does  offer  separately  priced  extended 
warranties which generally range from 12 to 36 months that are treated as separate performance obligations. The transaction 
price allocated to extended warranties is recognized over time in proportion to the costs expected to be incurred in satisfying the 
obligations under the contract. 

On  long-term  contracts,  the  portion  of  the  payments  retained  by  the  customer  is  not  considered  a  significant  financing 
component because most contracts have a duration of less than one year and payment is received as progress is made. Many of 
the  Company's  long-term  contracts  have  milestone  payments,  which  align  the  payment  schedule  with  the  progress  towards 
completion on the performance obligation. On some contracts, the Company may be entitled to receive an advance payment, 
which is not considered a significant financing component because it is used to facilitate inventory demands at the onset of a 
contract and to safeguard the Company from the failure of the other party to abide by some or all of their obligations under the 
contract.

 All revenues are reported net of government assessed taxes (e.g., sales taxes or value-added taxes).

57

COSTS TO OBTAIN AND FULFILL A CONTRACT

The Company expenses sales commissions as incurred for contracts where the amortization period would have been one 
year or less. The Company had $1,098 of deferred sales commissions for contracts where the amortization period is greater than 
one  year  as  of  July  2,  2021.  Prior  to  fiscal  2021,  the  Company  had  not  deferred  sales  commissions  for  contracts  where  the 
amortization period was greater than one year because such amounts were not deemed significant.  

The Company has elected to treat shipping and handling activities performed after the customer has obtained control of the 
related goods as a fulfillment cost. Such costs are accrued for in conjunction with the recording of revenue for the goods and are 
classified as cost of revenues.

CONTRACT BALANCES

Contract balances result from the timing of revenue recognized, billings and cash collections, and the generation of contract 
assets and liabilities. Contract assets represent revenue recognized in excess of amounts invoiced to the customer and the right 
to payment is not subject to the passage of time. Contract assets are presented as unbilled receivables and costs in excess of 
billings  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  Contract  liabilities  consist  of  deferred  product  revenue,  billings  in 
excess of revenues, deferred service revenue, and customer advances. Deferred product revenue represents amounts that have 
been  invoiced  to  customers,  but  are  not  yet  recognizable  as  revenue  because  the  Company  has  not  satisfied  its  performance 
obligations  under  the  contract.  Billings  in  excess  of  revenues  represents  milestone  billing  contracts  where  the  billings  of  the 
contract exceed recognized revenues. Deferred service revenue primarily represents amounts invoiced to customers for annual 
maintenance contracts or extended warranty contracts, which are recognized over time in proportion to the costs expected to be 
incurred in satisfying the obligations under the contract. Customer advances represent deposits received from customers on an 
order.  Contract  liabilities  are  included  in  deferred  revenue  and  the  long-term  portion  of  deferred  revenue  is  included  within 
other non-current liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Contract balances are reported in a net position on 
a contract-by-contract basis. 

The contract asset balances were $162,921 and $90,289 as of July 2, 2021 and July 3, 2020, respectively. The contract 
asset balance increased due to growth in revenue recognized under long-term contracts over time during the fiscal year ended 
July  2,  2021.  The  contract  liability  balances  were  $35,201  and  $19,892  as  July  2,  2021  and  July  3,  2020,  respectively.  The 
contract liability increased due to a higher volume of contracts with milestone and progress payments.

Revenue recognized during fiscal 2021 that was included in the contract liability balance at July 3, 2020 was $16,846.

REMAINING PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS

The  Company  includes  in  its  computation  of  remaining  performance  obligations  customer  orders  for  which  it  has 
accepted  signed  sales  orders.  The  definition  of  remaining  performance  obligations  excludes  those  contracts  that  provide  the 
customer with the right to cancel or terminate the order with no substantial penalty, even if the Company’s historical experience 
indicates the likelihood of cancellation or termination is remote. As of July 2, 2021, the aggregate amount of the transaction 
price allocated to remaining performance obligations was $337,886. The Company expects to recognize approximately 65% of 
its remaining performance obligations as revenue in the next 12 months and the balance thereafter.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash  equivalents,  consisting  of  highly  liquid  money  market  funds  and  U.S.  government  and  U.S.  government  agency 
issues with original maturities of 90 days or less at the date of purchase, are carried at fair market value which approximates 
cost. 

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

The Company measures at fair value certain financial assets and liabilities, including cash equivalents, restricted cash and 
contingent  consideration.  ASC  820,  Fair  Value  Measurement  and  Disclosures,  specifies  a  hierarchy  of  valuation  techniques 
based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data 
obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions. These two types of 
inputs have created the following fair-value hierarchy:

Level 1—Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets;

Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in 
markets that are not active, and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers 
are observable in active markets; and

Level 3—Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value 
drivers are unobservable.

58

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

Financial  instruments  that  potentially  expose  the  Company  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk  consist  principally  of  cash, 
cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions of high 
credit quality. As of July 2, 2021 and July 3, 2020, the Company had $113,839 and $226,838, respectively, of cash and cash 
equivalents on deposit or invested with its financial and lending institutions.

The  Company  provides  credit  to  customers  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  The  Company  performs  ongoing  credit 
evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and limits the amount of credit extended when deemed necessary. As of July 2, 
2021,  five  customers  accounted  for  60%  of  the  Company's  accounts  receivable,  unbilled  receivables  and  costs  in  excess  of 
billings. As of July 3, 2020, five customers accounted for 52% of the Company’s accounts receivable, unbilled receivables and 
costs in excess of billings. 

The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses to provide for the estimated amount of receivables that will not be 
fully  collected.  The  allowance  is  based  on  the  assessment  of  the  following  factors:  customer  creditworthiness;  historical 
payment experience; age of outstanding receivables; and any applicable collateral.

INVENTORY

Inventory  is  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  (first-in,  first-out)  or  net  realizable  value,  and  consists  of  materials,  labor  and 
overhead. On a quarterly basis, the Company evaluates inventory for net realizable value. Once an item is written down, the 
value becomes the new inventory cost basis. The Company reduces the value of inventory for excess and obsolete inventory, 
consisting of on-hand and non-cancelable on-order inventory in excess of estimated usage. The excess and obsolete inventory 
evaluation is based upon assumptions about future demand, product mix and possible alternative uses.

SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company uses the management approach for segment disclosure, which designates the internal organization that is 
used by management for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source of its reportable segments. The 
Company manages its business on the basis of one reportable segment, as a leading technology company serving the aerospace 
and defense industry, positioned at the intersection of high-tech and defense.

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill  is  the  amount  by  which  the  purchase  price  of  a  business  acquisition  exceeded  the  fair  values  of  the  net 
identifiable  assets  on  the  date  of  purchase  (see  Note  G).  In  accordance  with  the  requirements  of    Intangibles-Goodwill  and 
Other (“ASC 350”) Goodwill is not amortized. Goodwill is assessed for impairment at least annually, on a reporting unit basis, 
or when events and circumstances occur indicating that the recorded goodwill may be impaired. If the book value of a reporting 
unit exceeds its fair value, the implied fair value of goodwill is compared with the carrying amount of goodwill. If the carrying 
amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss is recorded in an amount equal to that excess.

Intangible assets result from the Company’s various business acquisitions (see Note H) and certain licensed technologies, 
and  consist  of  identifiable  intangible  assets,  including  completed  technology,  licensing  agreements,  patents,  customer 
relationships,  trademarks,  backlog  and  non-compete  agreements.  Intangible  assets  are  reported  at  cost,  net  of  accumulated 
amortization and are either amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of up to 12.5 years or over the 
period the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed. 

LONG-LIVED ASSETS

Long-lived assets primarily include property and equipment, intangible assets and ROU assets. The Company regularly 
evaluates its long-lived assets for events and circumstances that indicate a potential impairment in accordance with ASC 360, 
Property,  Plant,  and  Equipment  (“ASC  360”).  The  Company  reviews  long-lived  assets  for  impairment  whenever  events  or 
changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable or that the useful 
lives of these assets are no longer appropriate. Each impairment test is based on a comparison of the estimated undiscounted 
cash flows of the asset as compared to the recorded value of the asset. If impairment is indicated, the asset is written down to its 
estimated fair value.

Property and equipment are the long-lived, physical assets of the Company acquired for use in the Company’s normal 
business  operations  and  are  not  intended  for  resale  by  the  Company.  These  assets  are  recorded  at  cost.  Renewals  and 
betterments that increase the useful lives of the assets are capitalized. Repair and maintenance expenditures that increase the 
efficiency of the assets are expensed as incurred. Equipment under capital lease is recorded at the present value of the minimum 
lease  payments  required  during  the  lease  period.  Depreciation  is  based  on  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets  using  the 
straight-line method (see Note F).

59

As  assets  are  retired  or  sold,  the  related  cost  and  accumulated  depreciation  are  removed  from  the  accounts  and  any 

resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations.

Expenditures for major software purchases and software developed for internal use are capitalized and depreciated using 
the  straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  related  assets,  which  are  generally  three  years.  For  software 
developed for internal use, all external direct costs for material and services and certain payroll and related fringe benefit costs 
are capitalized in accordance with ASC 350. During fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company capitalized $1,640, $905 and 
$749 of software development costs, respectively. 

INCOME TAXES

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). The Company recognizes deferred 
tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  expected  future  tax  consequences  of  events  that  have  been  included  in  the  Company’s 
consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference 
between  the  financial  statement  and  tax  basis  of  assets  and  liabilities  using  enacted  tax  rates  for  the  year  in  which  the 
differences are expected to reverse. The Company records a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets if, based upon 
the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

ASC 740 requires a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. First, the tax position must 
be evaluated to determine the likelihood that it will be sustained upon external examination. If the tax position is deemed more-
likely-than-not to be sustained, the tax position is then assessed to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial 
statements. The amount of the benefit that may be recognized is the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of 
being  realized  upon  ultimate  settlement.  The  Company  recognizes  interest  and  penalties  accrued  on  any  unrecognized  tax 
benefits as a component of income tax expense.

PRODUCT WARRANTY ACCRUAL

The  Company’s  product  sales  generally  include  a  12  to  36  month  standard  hardware  warranty.  At  time  of  product 
shipment, the Company accrues for the estimated cost to repair or replace potentially defective products. Estimated warranty 
costs are based upon prior actual warranty costs for substantially similar transactions and any specifically identified warranty 
requirements.  Product  warranty  accrual  is  included  as  part  of  accrued  expenses  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance 
Sheets. The following table presents the changes in the Company's product warranty accrual.

Beginning balance

Warranty assumed from APC
Warranty assumed from Germane
Accruals for warranties issued during the period
Settlements made during the period

Ending balance

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS

Fiscal 2021

Fiscal 2020

Fiscal 2019

$ 

$ 

3,835  $ 
— 
— 
2,446 
(2,998)   
3,283  $ 

1,870  $ 
739 
— 
2,839 
(1,613)   
3,835  $ 

1,336 
— 
169 
2,274 
(1,909) 
1,870 

Research  and  development  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  Research  and  development  costs  are  primarily  made  up  of 

labor charges and prototype material and development expenses.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as 
expense over the requisite service period, which generally represents the vesting period, and includes an estimate of the awards 
that  will  be  forfeited.  Stock-based  compensation  expense  for  the  Company’s  performance-based  restricted  stock  awards  is 
amortized  over  the  requisite  service  period  using  graded  vesting.  The  Company’s  other  restricted  stock  awards  recognize 
expense over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis. 

RETIREMENT OF COMMON STOCK

Stock that is repurchased or received in connection with the vesting of restricted stock is retired immediately upon the 
Company’s repurchase. The Company accounts for this under the cost method and upon retirement the excess amount over par 
value is charged against additional paid-in capital.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NET EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic  net  earnings  per  share  is  calculated  by  dividing  net  income  by  the  weighted-average  number  of  common  shares 
outstanding during the period. Diluted net earnings per share computation includes the effect of shares which would be issuable 
upon the exercise of outstanding stock options and the vesting of restricted stock, reduced by the number of shares which are 
assumed to be purchased by the Company under the treasury stock method. For all periods presented, net income is the control 
number for determining whether securities are dilutive or not. 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding were as follows: 

Basic weighted-average shares outstanding

Effect of dilutive equity instruments

Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding

Fiscal 2021

Fiscal 2020

Fiscal 2019

55,070 

404 

55,474 

54,546 

569 

55,115 

47,831 

669 

48,500 

Equity instruments to purchase 42, 8 and 32 shares of common stock were not included in the calculation of diluted net 
earnings  per  share  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  July  2,  2021,  July  3,  2020  and  June  30,  2019,  respectively,  because  the  equity 
instruments were anti-dilutive.

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  (“AOCI”)  includes  foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  and 
pension benefit plan adjustments. The components of AOCI included $(739), $174 and $(232) of foreign currency translation 
adjustments for the fiscal years ended July 2, 2021, July 3, 2020 and June 30, 2019, respectively. In addition, pension benefit 
plan adjustments totaled $3,285, $(1,768) and $(2,350) for the fiscal years ended July 2, 2021, July 3, 2020 and June 30, 2019, 
respectively. 

FOREIGN CURRENCY

Local currencies are the functional currency for the Company’s subsidiaries in Switzerland, the United Kingdom, France, 
Japan, Spain and Canada. The accounts of foreign subsidiaries are translated using exchange rates in effect at period-end for 
assets  and  liabilities  and  at  average  exchange  rates  during  the  period  for  results  of  operations.  The  related  translation 
adjustments  are  reported  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  in  shareholders’  equity.  Gains  (losses)  resulting  from 
non-U.S. currency transactions are included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and 
Comprehensive Income and were immaterial for all periods presented.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In  December  2019,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2019-12,  Income  Taxes  (Topic  740):  Simplifying  the  Accounting  for 
Income  Taxes,  an  amendment  of  the  FASB  Accounting  Standards  Codification.  The  amendments  in  this  ASU  simplify  the 
accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions for intraperiod tax allocations and deferred tax liabilities for equity 
method investments and add guidance as to whether a step-up in tax basis of goodwill relates to a business combination or a 
separate transaction.  This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted.  
The  Company  does  not  expect  this  guidance  to  have  a  material  impact  to  its  consolidated  financial  statements  or  related 
disclosures.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Effective April 3, 2021, the Company adopted ASU No. 2018-14, Compensation—Retirement Benefits—Defined Benefit 
Plans—General (Topic 715): Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans, an amendment of the FASB 
Accounting  Standards  Codification.  The  amendments  in  this  ASU  remove  disclosures  that  no  longer  are  considered  cost-
beneficial,  clarify  the  specific  requirements  of  disclosures,  and  add  disclosure  requirements  identified  as  relevant.  For  public 
business  entities,  the  standard  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  ending  after  December  15,  2020.  The  ASU  requires  retrospective 
adoption  and  permits  early  adoption  for  all  entities.  This  adoption  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company's 
consolidated financial statements or related disclosures.

Effective  July  4,  2020,  the  Company  adopted  ASU  No.  2016-13,  Financial  Instruments  –  Credit  Losses  (Topic  326): 
Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on  Financial  Instruments,  which  broadens  the  information  that  an  entity  must  consider  in 
developing its expected credit loss estimate for assets measured either collectively or individually. This ASU requires an entity 
to record an allowance for credit losses for certain financial instruments and financial assets, including trade receivables, based 
on  expected  losses  rather  than  incurred  losses.  The  Company  will  rely  on  historical  experience,  current  conditions  and 
reasonable  and  supportable  forecasts  that  affect  the  collectability  of  the  reported  amount  and  will  exercise  judgment  in 
determining  the  relevant  information  and  estimation  methods  that  are  appropriate  in  measurement  of  the  credit  losses.  This 
adoption did not have a material impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements or related disclosures. 

Effective July 4, 2020 the Company adopted ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying 
the  Test  for  Goodwill  Impairment.  This  ASU  eliminates  the  requirement  to  measure  the  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  by 
assigning  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  to  all  assets  and  liabilities  within  that  unit,  the  Step  2  test,  from  the  goodwill 
impairment test. Instead, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an 
amount  equal  to  that  excess,  limited  by  the  amount  of  goodwill  in  that  reporting  unit.  This  adoption  did  not  have  a  material 
impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements or related disclosures.

Effective  July  4,  2020  the  Company  adopted  ASU  No.  2018-15,  Intangibles—Goodwill  and  Other—Internal-Use 
Software (Subtopic 350-40), an amendment of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The ASU provides guidance to 
determine whether to capitalize implementation costs of a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract or expense as 
incurred.  Costs  of  arrangements  that  do  not  include  a  software  license  should  be  accounted  for  as  a  service  contract  and 
expensed  as  incurred.  This  adoption  did  not  have  a  material  impact  to  the  Company's  consolidated  financial  statements  or 
related disclosures.

Effective  October  3,  2020,  the  Company  adopted  SEC  Final  Rule  Release  No.  33-10786,  Amendments  to  Financial 
Disclosures About Acquired and Disposed Businesses, which includes amendments to the SEC's rules and forms related to the 
disclosure  of  financial  information  regarding  acquired  or  disposed  businesses.  The  amendments  are  intended  to  improve  the 
financial information about acquired or disposed businesses provided to investors, facilitate more timely access to capital and 
reduce the complexity and costs of preparing disclosures. Among other changes, the amendments impact SEC rules relating to: 
the definition of “significant” subsidiaries; requirements to provide financial statements for “significant” acquisitions; and the 
formulation and usage of pro forma financial information. The final rule is applicable for fiscal years beginning after December 
31, 2020, with early adoption permitted as long as all amendments are adopted in their entirety. The Company early adopted 
this final rule in conjunction with its acquisition of Physical Optics Corporation ("POC") on December 30, 2020. This adoption 
did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements or related disclosures.

62

C.

Acquisitions

PENTEK ACQUISITION

On May 27, 2021, the Company acquired Pentek for a purchase price of $65,000, subject to net working capital and net 
debt  adjustments.  Based  in  Upper  Saddle  River,  New  Jersey,  Pentek  is  a  leading  designer  and  manufacturer  of  ruggedized, 
high-performance,  commercial  off-the-shelf  software-defined  radio  and  data  acquisition  boards,  recording  systems  and 
subsystems for high-end commercial and defense applications. The acquisition and associated transaction expenses were funded 
through a combination of cash on hand and Mercury's existing revolving credit facility (the "Revolver"). 

The  following  table  presents  the  net  purchase  price  and  the  fair  values  of  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  Pentek  on  a 

preliminary basis:

Consideration transferred

Cash paid at closing

Less cash acquired

Net purchase price

Estimated fair value of tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed

Cash

Accounts receivable

Inventory

Fixed assets

Other current and non-current assets

Accounts payable

Accrued expenses

Other current and non-current liabilities

Estimated fair value of net tangible assets acquired

Estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets

Estimated goodwill

Estimated fair value of net assets acquired

Less cash acquired

Net purchase price

$ 

$ 

65,668 

(746) 

64,922 

746 

1,303 

6,522 

152 

2,864 

(1,016) 

(520) 

(3,718) 

6,333 

24,110 

35,225 

65,668 

(746) 

$ 

64,922 

The  amounts  above  represent  the  preliminary  fair  value  estimates  as  of  July  2,  2021  and  are  subject  to  subsequent 
adjustment as the Company obtains additional information during the measurement period and finalizes its fair value estimates. 
The preliminary identifiable intangible asset estimate includes customer relationships of $15,560 with a useful life of 21 years, 
completed  technology  of  $6,340  with  a  useful  life  of  seven  years  and  backlog  of  $2,210  with  a  useful  life  of  one  year.  Any 
subsequent adjustments to these fair value estimates occurring during the measurement period will result in an adjustment to 
goodwill. 

The goodwill of $35,225 largely reflects the potential synergies and expansion of the Company's offerings across product 
lines  and  markets  complementary  to  the  Company's  existing  products  and  markets.  The  goodwill  from  this  acquisition  is 
included in the Microelectronics reporting unit. The deal was split between asset and stock, with the asset portion of goodwill 
being deductible for tax purposes. The Company has estimated the tax value of the intangible assets from this transaction and is 
amortizing the amount over 15 years for tax purposes. As of July 2, 2021, the Company had $30,101 of goodwill deductible for 
tax purposes. The Company has not furnished pro forma information relating to Pentek because such information is not material 
to the Company's financial results.

The revenues and income before income taxes from Pentek included in the Company's consolidated results for fiscal year 

ended July 2, 2021 were $3,207 and $803, respectively. 

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PHYSICAL OPTICS CORPORATION ACQUISITION

On December 7, 2020, the Company signed a definitive agreement to acquire POC for a purchase price of $310,000, prior 
to  net  working  capital  and  net  debt  adjustments.  On  December  30,  2020,  the  transaction  closed  and  the  Company  acquired 
POC. Based in Torrance, California, POC more than doubles the Company's global avionics business and expands its collective 
footprint in the platform and mission management market. The Company funded the acquisition through a combination of cash 
on  hand  and  the  Revolver.  On  May  28,  2021  the  Company  and  representative  of  the  former  owners  of  POC  agreed  to  post 
closing-adjustments totaling $2,641, which increased the Company’s net purchase price. 

The following table presents the net purchase price and the fair values of the assets and liabilities of POC on a preliminary 

basis:

Consideration transferred

Cash paid at closing

Cash paid post closing

Working capital and net debt adjustment

Less cash acquired

Net purchase price

Estimated fair value of tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed

Cash

Accounts receivable

Inventory

Fixed assets

Other current and non-current assets

Accounts payable

Accrued expenses

Other current and non-current liabilities

Estimated fair value of net tangible assets acquired

Estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets

Estimated goodwill

Estimated fair value of net assets acquired

Less cash acquired

Net purchase price

$ 

$ 

$ 

251,229 

61,626 

(2,096) 

(2,855) 

307,904 

2,855 

27,708 

11,125 

23,236 

16,453 

(3,777) 

(5,551) 

(32,549) 

39,500 

116,000 

155,259 

310,759 

(2,855) 

$ 

307,904 

The  amounts  above  represent  the  preliminary  fair  value  estimates  as  of  July  2,  2021  and  are  subject  to  subsequent 
adjustment as the Company obtains additional information during the measurement period and finalizes its fair value estimates, 
including the ongoing assessment of collectability of receivable balances. The preliminary identifiable intangible asset estimate 
includes customer relationships of $83,000 with a useful life of 11 years, completed technology of $25,000 with a useful life of 
9 years and backlog of $8,000 with a useful life of one year. Any subsequent adjustments to these fair value estimates occurring 
during the measurement period will result in an adjustment to goodwill. 

The goodwill of $155,259 largely reflects the potential synergies and expansion of the Company's offerings across product 
lines and markets complementary to the Company's existing products and markets and is not deductible for tax purposes. The 
goodwill from this acquisition is included in the Mission reporting unit. The Company has not furnished pro forma information 
relating to POC because such information is not material to the Company's financial results.

The  revenues  and  (loss)  before  income  taxes  from  POC  included  in  the  Company's  consolidated  results  for  fiscal  year 

ended July 2, 2021 were $76,370 and $(2,768), respectively.

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AMERICAN PANEL CORPORATION ACQUISITION

On  September  23,  2019,  the  Company  acquired  American  Panel  Corporation.  Based  in  Alpharetta,  Georgia,  APC  is  a 
leading innovator in large area display technology for the aerospace and defense market. APC's capabilities are deployed on a 
wide range of next-generation platforms. The Company acquired APC for an all cash purchase price of $100,000, prior to net 
working capital and net debt adjustments. The Company funded the acquisition with cash on hand.

The following table presents the net purchase price and the fair values of the assets and liabilities of APC:

Consideration transferred

Cash paid at closing

Working capital and net debt adjustment

Liabilities assumed

Less cash acquired

Net purchase price

Fair value of tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed

Cash

Accounts receivable

Inventory

Fixed assets

Other current and non-current assets

Accounts payable

Accrued expenses

Other current and non-current liabilities

Fair value of net tangible assets acquired

Fair value of identifiable intangible assets

Goodwill

Fair value of net assets acquired

Less cash acquired

Net purchase price

$ 

100,826 

(5,952) 

2,454 

(826) 

96,502 

826 

3,726 

11,233 

690 

3,494 

(1,554) 

(1,457) 

(5,852) 

11,106 

33,200 

53,022 

97,328 

(826) 

96,502 

$ 

$ 

$ 

On  September  23,  2020,  the  measurement  period  for  APC  expired.  The  identifiable  intangible  assets  include  customer 
relationships  of  $20,600  with  a  useful  life  of  11  years,  completed  technology  of  $10,400  with  a  useful  life  of  11  years  and 
backlog of $2,200 with a useful life of two years. 

The goodwill of $53,022 largely reflects the potential synergies and expansion of the Company's offerings across product 
lines  and  markets  complementary  to  the  Company's  existing  products  and  markets.  The  goodwill  from  this  acquisition  is 
reported included in the Mission reporting unit. Since APC was a qualified subchapter S subsidiary, the acquisition is treated as 
an asset purchase for tax purposes. The Company has estimated the tax value of the intangible assets from this transaction and 
is amortizing the amount over 15 years for tax purposes. As of July 2, 2021, the Company had $48,258 of goodwill deductible 
for tax purposes. 

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
D.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments  

During the fiscal year ended July 2, 2021, the Company received gross proceeds and recorded a loss on a cost-method 
investment of $1,538 and $426, respectively. The loss on sale of investment is included within Other expense (income), net in 
the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the fiscal year ended July 2, 2021. The fair value of 
the investment was based on a quoted price of identical instruments in an active market and was recorded at cost within Other 
non-current  assets  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  prior  to  its  sale.  As  of  July  2,  2021,  the  Company  had  no  financial 
instruments required to be measured at fair value.

  The  following  table  summarizes  the  Company’s  financial  assets  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  at  July  3, 

2020:

Assets:

July 3, 2020

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Fair Value Measurements

Certificates of deposit

U.S. equity securities

Total

$ 

$ 

10,006  $ 

—  $ 

10,006  $ 

2,007 

2,007 

— 

12,013  $ 

2,007  $ 

10,006  $ 

— 

— 

— 

During the fiscal year ended July 3, 2020, the Company received gross proceeds and recorded a gain on a cost-method 
investment of $4,310 and $3,810, respectively. The Company's cost-method investment did not have a readily determinable fair 
value and was recorded at cost within Other non-current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet prior to its sale.

The Company also recorded a gain on the change in fair value of a cost-method investment of $2,007. The change in fair 
value of these U.S. equity securities was the result of an observable price change during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020. Its fair 
value is based on a quoted price of identical instruments in an active market and is included within Prepaid expenses and other 
current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of July 3, 2020. 

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, including money market funds, restricted cash, accounts receivable and 
payable,  and  accrued  liabilities  approximate  fair  value  due  to  the  short-term  maturities  of  these  assets  and  liabilities.  The 
Company determined the carrying value of long-term debt approximated fair value due to variable interest rates charged on the 
borrowings, which reprice frequently.

E.

Inventory

Inventory was comprised of the following:

Raw materials

Work in process

Finished goods

Total

As of 

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

$ 

141,774  $ 

111,225 

58,087 

21,779 

49,647 

17,221 

$ 

221,640  $ 

178,093 

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

Computer equipment and software

Furniture and fixtures

Leasehold improvements

Machinery and equipment

Less: accumulated depreciation

Estimated Useful Lives
(Years)
3-4

5
lesser of estimated useful life 
or lease term
5-10

As of

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

$ 

99,190  $ 

17,997 

63,322 

105,346 

285,855 

85,705 

5,993 

36,874 

90,970 

219,542 

(157,331)   

(131,805) 

$ 

128,524  $ 

87,737 

The  $40,787  increase  in  property  and  equipment  was  primarily  due  to  current  year  additions  including  property  and 
equipment associated with improvements to the Company's facilities, especially as related to the expansion of its trusted custom 
microelectronics  business  and  the  acquisition  of  POC.  These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  depreciation  expense.  During 
fiscal  2021  and  2020,  the  Company  retired  $996  and  $64,  respectively,  of  computer  equipment  and  software,  furniture,  and 
fixtures, leasehold improvements, and machinery and equipment that were no longer in use by the Company. 

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment for the fiscal years ended July 2, 2021, July 3, 2020 and June 30, 

2019 was $25,912, $18,770 and $18,478, respectively.

G.

Goodwill

During the first quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company reorganized its internal reporting unit structure to align with the 

Company's market and brand strategy as well as promote scale as the organization continues to grow.

In accordance with FASB ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”), the Company determines its reporting 
units based upon whether discrete financial information is available, if management regularly reviews the operating results of 
the component, the nature of the products offered to customers and the market characteristics of each reporting unit. A reporting 
unit is considered to be an operating segment or one level below an operating segment also known as a component. Component 
level  financial  information  is  reviewed  by  management  across  three  divisions:  Processing,  Microelectronics  and  Mission. 
Accordingly, these were determined to be the Company's new reporting units. 

The  internal  reorganization  and  change  in  reporting  units  qualified  as  a  triggering  event  and  required  goodwill  to  be 
tested for impairment. As required by ASC 350, the Company tested goodwill for impairment immediately before and after the 
reorganization.  As  a  result  of  these  analyses,  it  was  determined  that  goodwill  was  not  impaired  before  or  after  the 
reorganization.  

In  the  first  quarter  ended  October  2,  2020,  the  Company  assigned  goodwill  to  the  new  reporting  units  based  on  the 

relative fair value of reporting units. 

The following table sets forth the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended July 2, 2021:

Balance at July 3, 2020

Goodwill adjustment for the APC acquisition

Goodwill arising from the POC acquisition

Goodwill arising from the Pentek acquisition

Balance at July 2, 2021

Total

$  614,076 

346 

155,259 

35,225 

$  804,906 

The  Company  performed  its  annual  goodwill  impairment  test  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2021  with  no  impairment 

noted. 

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
H.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

July 2, 2021

Customer relationships

Licensing agreements and patents

Completed technologies

Backlog

July 3, 2020

Customer relationships

Licensing agreements and patents

Completed technologies

Backlog

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Carrying
Amount

Weighted
Average
Useful
Life

$ 

280,520  $ 

(69,474)  $ 

211,046 

12.0 years

$ 

$ 

6 

139,332 

12,410 

— 

(49,126)   

(6,109)   

6 

90,206 

6,301 

— 

9.3 years

1.2 years

432,268  $ 

(124,709)  $ 

307,559 

181,960  $ 

(48,450)  $ 

133,510 

11.4 years

1,505 

107,992 

3,200 

(1,404)   

(34,522)   

(1,533)   

101 

73,470 

1,667 

3.5 years

9.2 years

2.0 years

$ 

294,657  $ 

(85,909)  $ 

208,748 

Estimated future amortization expense for intangible assets remaining at July 2, 2021 is as follows:

Fiscal Year

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Thereafter

Total future amortization expense

Totals

49,695 

41,413 

36,891 

32,466 

27,806 

119,288 

307,559 

$ 

$ 

The following table summarizes the preliminary estimated fair value of acquired intangible assets arising as a result of the 

POC acquisition. These assets are included in the Company's gross and net carrying amounts as of July 2, 2021.  

Customer relationships

Completed technologies

Backlog

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Carrying
Amount

Weighted 
Average
Useful
Life

$ 

83,000 

$ 

(4,404) 

$  78,596 

11.5 years

25,000 

8,000 

(1,985) 

(4,000) 

23,015 

4,000 

9.0 years

1.0 year

$  116,000 

$ 

(10,389) 

$ 105,611 

The following table summarizes the preliminary estimated fair value of acquired intangible assets arising as a result of the 

Pentek acquisition. These assets are included in the Company's gross and net carrying amounts as of July 2, 2021.  

Customer relationships

Completed technologies

Backlog

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Carrying
Amount

Weighted 
Average
Useful
Life

$ 

15,560 

$ 

6,340 

2,210 
24,110 

$ 

$ 

(62) 

(86) 

(184) 
(332) 

$  15,498 

21.0 years

6,254 

6.8 years

2,026 
$  23,778 

1.0 year

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I.

Restructuring

During fiscal 2021, the Company incurred  $9,222 of restructuring and other charges. Restructuring and other charges of 
$4,752  related  to  severance  costs  associated  with  the  elimination  of  approximately  90  positions  throughout  the  period, 
predominantly in manufacturing, SG&A and R&D. These charges are related to changing market and business conditions as 
well as talent shifts and resource redundancy resulting from the Company's internal reorganization that was completed during 
fiscal  2021.  The  remaining  $4,470  of  restructuring  and  other  charges  related  to  third-party  consulting  costs  associated  with 
1MPACT, the Company's value creation initiatives. 

During  fiscal  2020,  the  Company  incurred  $1,805  of  net  restructuring  and  other  charges  primarily  related  to  severance 

costs associated with the elimination of 20 positions, predominantly in SG&A and R&D functions. 

During fiscal 2019, the Company incurred $560 related primarily related to severance costs associated with the acquired 

Germane business. 

All  of  the  restructuring  and  other  charges  are  classified  as  operating  expenses  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Operations and Comprehensive Income and any remaining severance obligations are expected to be paid within the next twelve 
months. The remaining restructuring liability is classified as accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following table presents the detail of charges included in the Company’s liability for restructuring and other charges:

Restructuring liability at June 30, 2019

Restructuring charges

Cash paid

Restructuring liability at July 3, 2020

Restructuring charges

Cash paid

Restructuring liability at July 2, 2021

J.

Leases

Severance & Related

Facilities & Other

Total

$ 

$ 

4  $ 

1,730 

(1,137)   

597 

4,752 

(4,343)   

1,006  $ 

—  $ 

75 

(75)   

— 

— 

— 

—  $ 

4 

1,805 

(1,212) 

597 

4,752 

(4,343) 

1,006 

The  Company  enters  into  lease  arrangements  to  facilitate  its  operations,  including  manufacturing,  storage,  as  well  as 
engineering,  sales,  marketing,  and  administration  resources.  The  Company  measures  its  lease  obligations  in  accordance  with 
ASC 842, which requires lessees to record a ROU asset and lease liability for most lease arrangements. The Company adopted 
ASC 842 as of July 1, 2019 using the optional transition method and, as a result, there have been no reclassifications of prior 
comparable periods due to this adoption. Finance leases are not material to the Company's consolidated financial statements and 
therefore are excluded from the following disclosures.

SUPPLEMENTAL BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION

Supplemental operating lease balance sheet information is summarized as follows:

Operating lease right-of-use assets

Accrued expenses(1)
Operating lease liabilities

Total operating lease liabilities

As of
July 2, 2021

As of 
July 3, 2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

66,373  $ 

10,020  $ 

71,508 

81,528  $ 

60,613 

6,950 

66,981 

73,931 

(1) The short term portion of the Operating lease liabilities is included within Accrued expenses on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OTHER SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Other supplemental operating lease information is summarized as follows:

For the Fiscal Year Ended
July 2, 2021

For the Fiscal Year Ended
July 3, 2020

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of 
operating lease liabilities
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new lease 
liabilities 
Weighted average remaining lease term

$ 

$ 

Weighted average discount rate

MATURITIES OF LEASE COMMITMENTS

$ 

$ 

7,923 

15,076 

8.2 years

 4.66 %

Maturities of operating lease commitments as of July 2, 2021 were as follows:

Fiscal Year
2022

2023

2024
2025

2026

Thereafter

Total lease payments

Less: imputed interest

Present value of operating lease liabilities

Totals

6,929 

19,942 

9.3 years

 4.91 %

13,626 

12,997 

12,137 

11,571 

9,682 

40,017 

100,030 

(18,502) 

81,528 

$ 

$ 

As previously disclosed in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 3, 2020, maturities 

of operating lease commitments were as follows:

Fiscal Year
2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

Thereafter

Total lease payments

Less: imputed interest

Present value of operating lease liabilities

Totals

9,572 

10,741 

10,272 

9,333 

9,356 

44,763 

94,037 

(20,106) 

73,931 

$ 

$ 

During  fiscal  2021,  2020  and  2019  the  Company  recognized  operating  lease  expense  of  $11,714,    $10,029  and  $8,710 
respectively. There were no material restrictions, covenants, sale and leaseback transactions, variable lease payments or residual 
value guarantees imposed by the Company's leases at July 2, 2021.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
K.

Income Taxes 

The components of income before income taxes and income tax expense were as follows:

Income (loss) before income taxes:

United States

Foreign

Tax provision (benefit):

Federal:

Current

Deferred

State:

Current

Deferred

Foreign:

Current

Deferred

2021

Fiscal Years

2020

2019

$ 

$ 

85,101  $ 

93,388  $ 

(7,928)   

545 

77,173  $ 

93,933  $ 

57,281 

2,246 

59,527 

$ 

12,157  $ 

8,442  $ 

(995)   

(1,077)   

11,162 

7,365 

6,271 

3,407 

(2,689)   

(2,327)   

3,582 

1,080 

435 

(50)   

385 

475 

(699)   

(224)   

11,454 

(3,008) 

8,446 

5,194 

(1,421) 

3,773 

546 

(13) 

533 

$ 

15,129  $ 

8,221  $ 

12,752 

The following is the reconciliation between the statutory Federal income tax rate and the Company’s effective income tax 

rate:

Tax provision at federal statutory rates

State income tax, net of federal tax benefit

Research and development tax credits

Provision to return

Excess tax benefits related to stock compensation

Foreign income tax rate differential
Non-deductible compensation

Acquisition costs

Reserves for unrecognized income tax benefits

Tax rate changes

Valuation allowance

Other

2021

Fiscal Years

2020

2019

 21.0 %

 21.0 %

 21.0 %

 6.7 

 (10.9) 

 (1.3) 

 (3.7) 

 0.9 

 3.6 
 0.4 

 1.3 

 — 

 1.9 

 (0.3) 

 19.6 %

 6.1 

 (11.9) 

 (3.1) 

 (7.7) 

 0.1 

 2.6 
 — 

 3.0 

 (0.5) 

 — 

 (0.8) 

 5.9 

 (4.5) 

 — 

 (4.5) 

 0.1 

 2.0 
 0.1 

 0.3 

 — 

 — 

 1.0 

 8.8 %

 21.4 %

The effective tax rate for fiscal 2021 and 2020 differed from the Federal statutory rate primarily due to benefits related to 
research and development tax credits and excess tax benefits related to stock compensation, partially offset by additional tax 
expense related to state taxes and non-deductible compensation. During fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 the Company recognized a 
tax benefit of $2,831, $7,259 and $2,672 related to excess tax benefits on stock compensation, respectively. 

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The components of the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities were as follows:

Deferred tax assets:

Inventory valuation and receivable allowances

Accrued compensation

Stock compensation

Federal and state tax credit carryforwards

Other accruals

Deferred compensation

Acquired net operating loss carryforward

Foreign net operating loss carryforward

Operating lease liabilities

Deferred revenue

Other

Valuation allowance

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Prepaid expenses

Property and equipment

Intangible assets

Operating lease right-of-use assets

Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liabilities

As reported:

Deferred tax liabilities

As of 

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

15,039 

5,421 

4,548 

17,405 

994 

930 

10,487 

1,703 

21,889 

2,899 

734 

82,049 

(15,257)   

66,792 

(984)   

(17,734)   

(58,839)   

(17,987)   

(58)   

(95,602)   

$ 

(28,810)  $ 

12,066 

5,941 

5,062 

11,782 

1,086 

930 

425 

453 

20,035 

781 

642 

59,203 

(11,264) 

47,939 

(1,111) 

(10,668) 

(33,007) 

(16,426) 

(616) 

(61,828) 

(13,889) 

$ 

$ 

(28,810)  $ 

(28,810)  $ 

(13,889) 

(13,889) 

At July 2, 2021, the Company evaluated the need for a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets. In assessing whether 
the deferred tax assets are realizable, management considered whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the 
deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the Company's past 
and recent operating performance and results, future taxable income including the reversal of existing deferred tax liabilities, 
and tax planning strategies. In fiscal year 2021, the Company recorded a valuation allowance on the net deferred tax assets of 
the Company’s subsidiary in Switzerland. The Company continues to conclude that certain state research and development tax 
credits carryforwards are not more likely than not to be realized, and as such, continues to maintain a valuation allowance on 
these  carryforwards.  The  Company  continues  to  conclude  that  all  other  deferred  tax  assets  are  more  likely  than  not  to  be 
realized. Any future changes in the valuation allowance will impact income tax expense.

The Company has state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $18,926, which will expire starting in fiscal 

year 2021 through fiscal year 2034.

The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. (Federal and state) and various foreign jurisdictions that it operates in. The 
Company has established reserves to provide for additional income taxes that management believes will more likely than not be 
due  in  future  years  as  these  previously  filed  tax  returns  are  audited.  These  reserves  have  been  established  based  upon 
management’s assessment as to the potential exposures. All tax reserves are analyzed quarterly and adjustments are made as 
events occur and warrant modification.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The changes in the Company’s reserves for unrecognized income tax benefits are summarized as follows:

Fiscal Years

2021

2020

Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of period

Increases for tax positions taken related to a prior period

Increases for tax positions taken during the current period

Increases for tax positions taken by an acquired company

Decreases for tax positions taken related to a prior period

Decreases for tax positions taken during current period

Decreases for settlements of previously recognized positions

Decreases as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations

$ 

4,117  $ 

113 

917 

2,348 

(27)   

— 

— 

(1)   

Unrecognized tax benefits, end of period

$ 

7,467  $ 

1,273 

2,146 

854 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(156) 

4,117 

The Company is currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service for fiscal years 2016-2018. It is reasonably 
possible that within the next 12 months the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits, exclusive of interest, may decrease by up to 
$2,061 at the conclusion of the audit. We expect that the decrease, if recognized, would not affect the effective tax rate.

The $7,467 of unrecognized tax benefits as of July 2, 2021, if released, would reduce income tax expense. The Company 

increased its unrecognized income tax benefits primarily due to a tax position previously taken on a tax return of an acquired 
company. 

The Company includes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the provision for income taxes.  
The total amount of gross interest and penalties accrued was $315 and $175 as of July 2, 2021 and July 3, 2020, respectively, 
and the amount of interest and penalties recognized in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $139, $91 and $101, respectively. 

The Company’s major tax jurisdiction is the U.S. (Federal and state) and the open tax years are fiscal 2017 through 2021. 

L.

Commitments and Contingencies

LEGAL CLAIMS

The Company is subject to litigation, claims, investigations and audits arising from time to time in the ordinary course of 
business. Although legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable, the Company believes that it has valid defenses with respect 
to any matters currently pending against the Company and intends to defend itself vigorously. The outcome of these matters, 
individually and in the aggregate, is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's cash flows, results of operations, 
or financial position. 

On  June  23,  2021,  Embedded  Reps  of  America,  LLC  (“ERA”),  a  former  sales  representative,  and  James  Mazzola,  a 
principal  of  ERA,  filed  for  binding  arbitration  related  to  the  termination  of  ERA’s  sales  representative  agreement  raising 
multiple claims that aggregate to approximately $9,000 in direct damages, with treble damages requested on a number of those 
claims. ERA was a sales representative of Themis when Themis was acquired by Mercury. The sales representative agreement 
provided for termination by either party upon 30 days written notice with ERA entitled to commissions for orders obtained by 
ERA  product  shipment  occurring  prior  to  termination.  The  Company  responded  to  the  complaint  on  July  28,  2021.  The 
Company believes the claims in the complaint are without merit and intends to defend itself vigorously.

INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS

The Company's standard product sales and license agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business typically 
contain an indemnification provision pursuant to which the Company indemnifies, holds harmless, and agrees to reimburse the 
indemnified  party  for  losses  suffered  or  incurred  by  the  indemnified  party  in  connection  with  any  patent,  copyright  or  other 
intellectual property infringement claim by any third party with respect to the Company's products. Such provisions generally 
survive termination or expiration of the agreements. The potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to 
make under these indemnification provisions is, in some instances, unlimited. 

PURCHASE COMMITMENTS

As  of  July  2,  2021,  the  Company  has  entered  into  non-cancelable  purchase  commitments  for  certain  inventory 
components and services used in its normal operations. The purchase commitments covered by these agreements are for less 
than one year and aggregate to $147,591.

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OTHER

As part of the Company's strategy for growth, the Company continues to explore acquisitions or strategic alliances. The 
associated acquisition costs incurred in the form of professional fees and services may be material to the future periods in which 
they occur, regardless of whether the acquisition is ultimately completed.

The Company may elect from time to time to purchase and subsequently retire shares of common stock in order to settle 
an  individual  employees’  tax  liability  associated  with  vesting  of  a  restricted  stock  award  or  exercise  of  stock  options.  These 
transactions are treated as a use of cash in financing activities in the Company's Statements of Cash Flows.

M.

Debt

Revolving Credit Facilities

On  September  28,  2018,  the  Company  amended  its  Credit  Agreement  (the  “Credit  Agreement”)  with  a  syndicate  of 
commercial banks to increase and extend the borrowing capacity of the Revolver to a $750,000, 5-year revolving credit line, 
with the maturity extended to September 28, 2023 (the “Amended Credit Agreement”). The Company evaluated the Amended 
Credit  Agreement  under  ASC  470,  Debt,  and  determined  that  the  amendment  represented  a  modification  of  the  Credit 
Agreement. Due to the increase in the borrowing capacity of the Revolver, new costs associated with the amendment and the 
previous balance of unamortized deferred financing costs totaling $3,025, are being amortized to Other (expense) income, net 
on a straight line basis over the new term of the Revolver. During fiscal 2021, the Company borrowed a total of $200,000 on 
the Revolver to facilitate the acquisitions of POC and Pentek.

The Company incurred interest expense from the Revolver of $1,222 and $1,006 for the fiscal years ended July 2, 2021 

and July 3, 2020, respectively. There were also outstanding letters of credit of $963 as of July 2, 2021.

Maturity

The Revolver has a five year maturity, which was extended to September 28, 2023.

Interest Rates and Fees

Borrowings under the Revolver bear interest, at the Company’s option, at floating rates tied to LIBOR or the prime rate 
plus an applicable percentage. The applicable percentage is set at LIBOR plus a markup pursuant to a pricing grid based on the 
Company's total net leverage ratio. As of July 2, 2021, the applicable percentage was set at LIBOR plus 1.125% based on the 
Company's total net leverage ratio.

In addition to interest on the aggregate outstanding principal amounts of any borrowings, the Company will also pay a 
quarterly  commitment  fee  on  the  unutilized  commitments  under  the  Revolver.  The  applicable  percentage  is  pursuant  to  a 
pricing  grid  based  on  the  Company's  total  net  leverage  ratio.  As  of  July  2,  2021,  the  stated  interest  rate  for  unutilized 
commitments was 0.20% per annum. The Company will also pay customary letter of credit and agency fees.

Covenants and Events of Default

The Revolver provides for customary negative covenants. The Revolver also requires the Company to comply with certain 
financial  covenants,  including  a  quarterly  minimum  consolidated  cash  interest  charge  ratio  test  and  a  quarterly  maximum 
consolidated total net leverage ratio test. 

The Revolver also provides for customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default. If 
an event of default occurs, the lenders under the Revolver will be entitled to take various actions, including the termination of 
unutilized commitments, the acceleration of amounts outstanding under the Revolver and all actions permitted to be taken by a 
secured creditor. As of July 2, 2021, the Company was in compliance with all covenants and conditions under the Revolver. 

Guarantees and Security

The Company's obligations under the Revolver are guaranteed by certain of its material domestic wholly-owned restricted 
subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”). The obligations of both the Company and the Guarantors are secured by a perfected security 
interest  in  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the  Company  and  the  Guarantors,  in  each  case,  now  owned  or  later  acquired, 
including a pledge of all of the capital stock of substantially all of its domestic wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries and 65% of 
the  capital  stock  of  certain  of  its  foreign  restricted  subsidiaries,  subject  in  each  case  to  the  exclusion  of  certain  assets  and 
additional exceptions. 

74

N.

Employee Benefit Plans

Pension Plan

The Company maintains a pension plan (the “Plan”) for its Swiss employees, which is administered by an independent 
pension  fund.  The  Plan  is  mandated  by  Swiss  law  and  meets  the  criteria  for  a  defined  benefit  plan  under  ASC  715, 
Compensation—Retirement  Benefits  (“ASC  715”),  since  participants  of  the  Plan  are  entitled  to  a  defined  rate  of  return  on 
contributions made. The independent pension fund is a multi-employer plan with unrestricted joint liability for all participating 
companies for which the Plan’s overfunding or underfunding is allocated to each participating company based on an allocation 
key determined by the Plan. 

The  Company  recognizes  a  net  asset  or  liability  for  the  Plan  equal  to  the  difference  between  the  projected  benefit 
obligation of the Plan and the fair value of the Plan’s assets as required by ASC 715. The funded status may vary from year to 
year due to changes in the fair value of the Plan’s assets and variations on the underlying assumptions of the projected benefit 
obligation of the Plan.

In fiscal 2021, the independent pension fund changed the conversion rate for accumulated retirement savings leading to a 
Plan amendment. The Company’s results contain the effects of this change in conversion rates by the independent pension fund 
as prior service costs. These prior service costs are amortized from AOCI to net periodic benefit costs over approximately nine 
years.

At July 2, 2021, the accumulated benefit obligation of the Plan equals the fair value of the Plan's assets. The Plan's funded 
status at July 2, 2021 and July 3, 2020 was a net liability of $9,807 and $11,877, respectively, which is recorded in other non-
current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company recorded a net gain of $3,285 and a net loss of $1,768 in 
AOCI during the fiscal years ended July 2, 2021 and July 3, 2020, respectively. Total employer contributions to the Plan were 
$1,080 during the year ended July 2, 2021, and the Company's total expected employer contributions to the Plan during fiscal 
2022 are $1,165.

The  following  table  reflects  the  total  pension  benefits  expected  to  be  paid  from  the  Plan,  which  is  funded  from 

contributions by participants and the Company.

Fiscal Year 
2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Thereafter (next 5 years)

Total

Total

$ 

893 

1,248 

1,454 

1,498 

1,574 

7,723 

$ 

14,390 

75

 
 
 
 
 
The following table outlines the components of net periodic benefit cost of the Plan for the fiscal years ended July 2, 2021 

and July 3, 2020:

Service cost

Interest cost

Expected return on assets

Amortization of prior service cost

Amortization net of loss

Settlement loss recognized

Net periodic benefit cost

Fiscal Years Ended

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

$ 

1,708 

$ 

92 

(277) 

(64) 

185 

318 

1,375 

125 

(233) 

(63) 

33 

— 

$ 

1,962 

$ 

1,237 

The following table reflects the related actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost of the Plan for 

the fiscal years ended July 2, 2021 and July 3, 2020:

Discount rate

Expected rate of return on Plan assets

Expected inflation

Rate of compensation increases

Fiscal Years Ended

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

 0.30 %
 1.50 %

 1.00 %

 1.50 %

 0.30 %
 1.50 %

 1.00 %

 1.50 %

The calculation of the projected benefit obligation (“PBO”) utilized BVG 2020 Generational data for assumptions related 

to the mortality rates, disability rates, turnover rates, and early retirement ages. 

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The PBO represents the present value of Plan benefits earned through the end of the year, with an allowance for future 
salary and pension increases as well as turnover rates. The following table presents the change in projected benefit obligation 
for the periods presented:

Fiscal Years Ended

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

Projected benefit obligation, beginning

$ 

29,955 

$ 

Service cost

Interest cost

Employee contributions

Actuarial (gain) loss

Benefits paid

Plan amendment

Settlements 

Foreign exchange loss

1,708 

92 

2,145 

(1,345) 

(256) 

(1,247) 

(3,129) 

691 

24,274 

1,375 

125 

1,916 

2,387 

(906) 

— 

— 

784 

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

$ 

28,614 

$ 

29,955 

The following table presents the change in Plan assets for the periods presented:

Fair value of Plan assets, beginning

Actual return on Plan assets

Company contributions

Employee contributions

Benefits paid

Settlements

Foreign exchange gain

Fair value of Plan assets at end of year

Fiscal Years Ended

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

$ 

18,078 

$ 

15,088 

474 

1,080 

2,145 

(256) 

(3,129) 

415 

582 

911 

1,916 

(906) 

— 

487 

$ 

18,807 

$ 

18,078 

The following table presents the Company's reconciliation of funded status for the period presented:

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

Funded status

As of 

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

$ 

$ 

28,614 

$ 

18,807 

(9,807) 

$ 

29,955 

18,078 

(11,877) 

The  fair  value  of  Plan  assets  were  $18,807  at  July  2,  2021.  The  Plan  is  denominated  in  a  foreign  currency,  the  Swiss 
Franc, which can have an impact on the fair value of Plan assets. The Plan was not subject to material fluctuations during the 
years ended July 2, 2021 or July 3, 2020. The Plan’s assets are administered by an independent pension fund foundation (the 
“foundation”). As of July 2, 2021, the foundation has invested the assets of the Plan in various investments vehicles, including 
cash, real estate, equity securities, and bonds. The investments are measured at fair value using a mix of Level 1, Level 2 and 
Level 3 inputs.

401(k) Plan

The  Company  maintains  a  qualified  401(k)  plan  (the  “401(k)  Plan”)  for  its  U.S.  employees.  During  fiscal  years  2021, 
2020  and  2019,  the  Company  matched  employee  contributions  up  to  3%  of  eligible  compensation.  The  Company  may  also 
make optional contributions to the plan for any plan year at its discretion. Expense recognized by the Company for matching 
contributions related to the 401(k) plan was $7,876, $5,954, and $4,525 during the fiscal years ended July 2, 2021, July 3, 2020, 
and June 30, 2019, respectively.

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
O.

Shareholders’ Equity

PREFERRED STOCK

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01 per share.

SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT

On  September  14,  2020,  the  Company  filed  a  shelf  registration  statement  on  Form  S-3ASR  with  the  SEC.  The  shelf 
registration statement, which was effective upon filing with the SEC, registered each of the following securities: debt securities; 
preferred  stock;  common  stock;  warrants;  and  units.  The  Company  has  an  unlimited  amount  available  under  the  shelf 
registration  statement.  Additionally,  as  part  of  the  shelf  registration  statement,  the  Company  has  entered  into  an  equity 
distribution agreement, which allows the Company to sell an aggregate of up to $200,000 of its common stock from time to 
time through its agents.

P.

Stock-Based Compensation

STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS

The  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  Company’s  2018  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (the  “2018  Plan”)  on  July  23,  2018.  The 
2018 Plan became effective upon the approval of shareholders at the Company’s annual meeting held on October 24, 2018. The 
aggregate number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2018 Plan is 6,782 shares, with an additional 710 shares rolled 
into  the  2018  Plan  that  were  available  for  future  grant  under  the  Company’s  2005  Stock  Incentive  Plan,  as  amended  and 
restated  (the  “2005  Plan”)  and  3,000  shares  approved  by  the  Company's  shareholders  on  October  28,  2020.  The  2018  Plan 
replaced  the  2005  Plan.  The  shares  authorized  for  issuance  under  the  2018  Plan  will  continue  to  be  increased  by  any  future 
cancellations, forfeitures or terminations (other than by exercise) of awards under the 2005 Plan. The foregoing does not affect 
any outstanding awards under the 2005 Plan, which remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms. The 2018 
Plan provides for the grant of non-qualified and incentive stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and deferred 
stock awards to employees and non-employees. There were 4,604 shares available for future grant under the 2018 Plan at July 
2, 2021. 

As part of the Company's ongoing annual equity grant program for employees, the Company grants performance-based 
restricted stock awards to certain executives and employees pursuant to the 2018 Plan. Performance awards vest based on the 
requisite service period subject to the achievement of specific financial performance targets. Based on the performance targets, 
some  of  these  awards  require  graded  vesting  which  results  in  more  rapid  expense  recognition  compared  to  traditional  time-
based vesting over the same vesting period. The Company monitors the probability of achieving the performance targets on a 
quarterly basis and may adjust periodic stock compensation expense accordingly based on its determination of the likelihood 
for reaching targets. The performance targets generally include the achievement of internal performance targets in relation to a 
peer group of companies.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The  number  of  shares  authorized  for  issuance  under  the  Company’s  1997  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan,  as  amended 
and  restated  (“ESPP”),  is  2,300  shares,  including  500  shares  approved  by  the  Company's  shareholders  on  October  28,  2020. 
Under the ESPP, rights are granted to purchase shares of common stock at 85% of the lesser of the market value of such shares 
at either the beginning or the end of each six-month offering period. The ESPP permits employees to purchase common stock 
through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 10% of an employee’s compensation as defined in the ESPP. The number of 
shares issued under the ESPP during fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019 was 101, 89 and 102, respectively. Shares available for 
future purchase under the ESPP totaled 428 at July 2, 2021.

78

STOCK OPTION AND AWARD ACTIVITY

The following table summarizes activity of the Company’s stock option plans since June 30, 2019: 

Options Outstanding

Outstanding at June 30, 2019
Granted
Exercised
Cancelled
Outstanding at July 3, 2020
Granted
Exercised
Cancelled
Outstanding at July 2, 2021
Vested and expected to vest at July 2, 2021
Exercisable at July 2, 2021

Number of
Shares

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

4  $ 
— 
(1)   
— 
3  $ 
— 
(3)   
— 
—  $ 
—  $ 
—  $ 

5.52 
— 
5.52 
— 
5.52 
— 
5.52 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(Years)

2.13

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value as
of 7/2/2021

1.12

—  $ 
—  $ 
—  $ 

— 
— 
— 

The intrinsic value of the options exercised during fiscal years 2021 and 2020 was $183 and $67, respectively.  There 
were no options exercised during fiscal 2019. Non-vested stock options are subject to the risk of forfeiture until the fulfillment 
of  specified  conditions.  As  of  July  2,  2021,  July  3,  2020  and  June  30,  2019,  there  was  no  unrecognized  compensation  cost 
related to non-vested options granted under the Company’s stock plans. There were no stock options granted during fiscal years 
2021, 2020 or 2019. 

The following table summarizes the status of the Company’s non-vested restricted stock awards since June 30, 2019:

Outstanding at June 30, 2019
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Outstanding at July 3, 2020
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Outstanding at July 2, 2021

Non-Vested Restricted Stock Awards

Number of
Shares

Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

1,046  $ 
522 
(562)   
(49)   
957  $ 
570 
(436)   
(78)   
1,013  $ 

39.62 
80.87 
31.40 
54.96 
61.59 
76.03 
53.08 
69.54 
70.77 

The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested during fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $34,342, $46,089 and 

$24,596, respectively.

Non-vested restricted stock awards are subject to the risk of forfeiture until the fulfillment of specified conditions. As of 
July 2, 2021, there was $48,629 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock awards granted 
under the Company’s stock plans that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.4 years from July 2, 
2021.  As  of  July  3,  2020,  there  was  $44,690  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  non-vested  restricted  stock 
awards granted under the Company’s stock plans that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.4 years 
from July 3, 2020.

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION EXPENSE

The Company recognizes expense for its share-based payment plans in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and 
Comprehensive  Income  in  accordance  with  ASC  718.  The  Company  had  $796  and  $562  of  capitalized  stock-based 
compensation  expense  on  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  as  of  July  2,  2021  and  July  3,  2020,  respectively.  Under  the  fair 
value recognition provisions of ASC 718, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the 
award and is recognized as expense over the service period. The following table presents share-based compensation expenses 
from  continuing  operations  included  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  and  Comprehensive  Income:

Cost of revenues

Selling, general and administrative

Research and development

Stock-based compensation expense before tax

Income taxes

Stock-based compensation expense, net of income taxes

Fiscal Years Ended

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

June 30, 2019

$ 

2,037  $ 

989  $ 

21,866 

4,387 

28,290 

21,688 

3,861 

26,538 

(7,355)   

(6,900)   

$ 

20,935  $ 

19,638  $ 

820 

16,188 

2,414 

19,422 

(5,263) 

14,159 

Q.

Operating Segment, Geographic Information and Significant Customers

Operating  segments  are  defined  as  components  of  an  enterprise  evaluated  regularly  by  the  Company's  chief  operating 
decision  maker  (“CODM”)  in  deciding  how  to  allocate  resources  and  assess  performance.  During  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal 
2021, the Company reorganized its internal reporting unit structure to align with the Company's market and brand strategy as 
well  as  promote  scale  as  the  organization  continues  to  grow.  The  Company  evaluated  this  reorganization  under  ASC  280  to 
determine whether this change has impacted the Company's single operating and reportable segment. The Company concluded 
this change had no effect given the CODM continues to evaluate and manage the Company on the basis of one operating and 
reportable segment. The Company utilized the management approach for determining its operating segment in accordance with 
ASC 280. 

The geographic distribution of the Company’s revenues as determined by order origination based on the country in which 

the Company's legal subsidiary is domiciled is summarized as follows:

U.S.

Europe

Asia Pacific 

Eliminations

Total

YEAR ENDED JULY 2, 2021

Net revenues to unaffiliated 
customers

Inter-geographic revenues

Net revenues

Identifiable long-lived assets (1)

YEAR ENDED JULY 3, 2020

Net revenues to unaffiliated 
customers

Inter-geographic revenues

Net revenues

Identifiable long-lived assets (1)

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2019
Net revenues to unaffiliated 
customers

Inter-geographic revenues

Net revenues

Identifiable long-lived assets (1)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

876,479  $ 

47,119  $ 

398  $ 

—  $ 

923,996 

1,561 

1,985 

— 

(3,546)   

878,040  $ 

49,104  $ 

398  $ 

(3,546)  $ 

123,009  $ 

5,509  $ 

6  $ 

—  $ 

— 

923,996 

128,524 

744,270  $ 

50,092  $ 

2,248  $ 

—  $ 

796,610 

4,938 

3,067 

— 

(8,005)   

— 

749,208  $ 

53,159  $ 

2,248  $ 

(8,005)  $ 

796,610 

82,588  $ 

5,144  $ 

5  $ 

—  $ 

87,737 

599,422  $ 

49,332  $ 

5,990  $ 

—  $ 

654,744 

10,570 

1,343 

— 

(11,913)   

— 

609,992  $ 

50,675  $ 

5,990  $ 

(11,913)  $ 

654,744 

54,952  $ 

5,037  $ 

12  $ 

—  $ 

60,001 

(1) Identifiable long-lived assets exclude ROU assets, goodwill and intangible assets.

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In recent years, the Company completed a series of acquisitions that changed its technological capabilities, applications 
and end markets. As these acquisitions and changes occurred, the Company's proportion of revenue derived from the sale of 
components  in  different  technological  areas,  and  modules,  sub-assemblies  and  integrated  subsystems  which  combine 
technologies  into  more  complex  diverse  products  has  shifted.  The  following  tables  present  revenue  consistent  with  the 
Company's strategy of expanding its technological capabilities and program content. As additional information related to the 
Company’s products by end user, application, product grouping and/or platform is attained, the categorization of these products 
can  vary  over  time.  When  this  occurs,  the  Company  reclassifies  revenue  by  end  user,  application,  product  grouping  and/or 
platform for prior periods. Such reclassifications typically do not materially change the underlying trends of results within each 
revenue category.

The following table presents the Company's net revenue by end market for the periods presented:

Domestic (1)

International/Foreign Military Sales (2)

Total Net Revenue

Fiscal Years Ended

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

June 30, 2019

$ 

795,988  $ 

704,722  $ 

580,935 

128,008 

91,888 

73,809 

$ 

923,996  $ 

796,610  $ 

654,744 

(1) Domestic revenues consist of sales where the end user is within the U.S., as well as sales to prime defense contractor customers where the ultimate end user 
location is not defined. 
(2) International/Foreign Military Sales consist of sales to U.S. prime defense contractor customers where the end user is outside the U.S., foreign military sales 
through the U.S. government, and direct sales to non-U.S. based customers intended for end use outside of the U.S.

The following table presents the Company's net revenue by end application for the periods presented:

Radar (1)

Electronic Warfare (2)

Other Sensor and Effector (3)

Total Sensor and Effector

C4I (4)

Other (5)

Total Net Revenues

Fiscal Years Ended

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

June 30, 2019

$ 

289,172  $ 

233,967  $ 

164,046 

139,168 

98,112 

526,452 

307,978 

89,566 

156,666 

105,175 

495,808 

207,000 

93,802 

128,841 

90,245 

383,132 

183,172 

88,440 

$ 

923,996  $ 

796,610  $ 

654,744 

(1) Radar includes end-use applications where radio frequency signals are utilized to detect, track and identify objects.
(2) Electronic Warfare includes end-use applications comprising the offensive and defensive use of the electromagnetic spectrum.
(3) Other Sensor and Effector products include all Sensor and Effector end markets other than Radar and Electronic Warfare. 
(4) C4I includes rugged secure rackmount servers that are designed to drive the most powerful military processing applications.
(5) Other products include all component and other sales where the end use is not specified.

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the Company's net revenue by product grouping for the periods presented:

Components (1)

Modules and Sub-assemblies (2)

Integrated Subsystems (3)

Total Net Revenues

Fiscal Years Ended 

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

June 30, 2019

$ 

176,234  $ 

227,364  $ 

184,870 

156,557 

591,205 

131,177 

438,069 

180,873 

289,001 

$ 

923,996  $ 

796,610  $ 

654,744 

(1)  Components  include  technology  elements  typically  performing  a  single,  discrete  technological  function,  which  when  physically  combined  with  other 
components  may  be  used  to  create  a  module  or  sub-assembly.  Examples  include  but  are  not  limited  to  power  amplifiers  and  limiters,  switches,  oscillators, 
filters, equalizers, digital and analog converters, chips, MMICs (monolithic microwave integrated circuits), and memory and storage devices.
(2) Modules and Sub-assemblies include combinations of multiple functional technology elements and/or components that work together to perform multiple 
functions  but  are  typically  resident  on  or  within  a  single  board  or  housing.  Modules  and  sub-assemblies  may  in  turn  be  combined  to  form  an  integrated 
subsystem. Examples of modules and sub-assemblies include but are not limited to embedded processing modules, embedded processing boards, switch fabric 
boards, high speed input/output boards, digital receiver boards, graphics and video processing and Ethernet and IO (input-output) boards, multi-chip modules, 
integrated radio frequency and microwave multi-function assemblies, tuners and transceivers. 
(3) Integrated Subsystems include multiple modules and/or sub-assemblies combined with a backplane or similar functional element and software to enable a 
solution. These are typically but not always integrated within a chassis and with cooling, power and other elements to address various requirements and are also 
often combined with additional technologies for interaction with other parts of a complete system or platform. Integrated subsystems also include spare and 
replacement modules and sub-assemblies sold as part of the same program for use in or with integrated subsystems sold by the Company. 

The following table presents the Company's net revenue by platform for the periods presented:

Airborne (1)

Land (2)

Naval (3)

Other (4)

Total Net Revenues

Fiscal Years Ended 

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

June 30, 2019

$ 

416,877  $ 

397,553  $ 

306,412 

182,591 

187,205 

137,323 

102,956 

166,912 

129,189 

83,034 

136,966 

128,332 

$ 

923,996  $ 

796,610  $ 

654,744 

(1) Airborne platform includes products that relate to personnel, equipment or pieces of equipment designed for airborne applications.
(2) Land platform includes products that relate to fixed or mobile equipment, or pieces of equipment for personnel, weapon systems, vehicles and support 
elements operating on land.
(3) Naval platform includes products that relate to personnel, equipment or pieces of equipment designed for naval operations.
(4) All platforms other than Airborne, Land or Naval.

Customers comprising 10% or more of the Company’s revenues for the periods shown below are as follows:

Raytheon Technologies

Lockheed Martin Corporation

U.S. Navy

Fiscal Years Ended

July 2, 2021

July 3, 2020

June 30, 2019

 19 %

 15 %

 12 %

 46 %

 16 %

 16 %

 — %

 32 %

 20 %

 17 %

 — %

 37 %

While the Company typically has customers from which it derives 10% or more of its revenue, the sales to each of these 
customers  are  spread  across  multiple  programs  and  platforms.  There  were  no  programs  comprising  10%  or  more  of  the 
Company's revenues for the years ended July 2, 2021, July 3, 2020 and June 30, 2019.

R.

Subsequent Events

The  Company  has  evaluated  subsequent  events  from  the  date  of  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  through  the  date  the 

consolidated financial statements were issued.

On August 2, 2021, the Company initiated a workforce reduction of approximately 90 employees based on changes in the 
business  environment  and  to  align  with  1MPACT,  the  Company’s  value  creation  initiative,  resulting  in  expected  charges  of 
$9,400 in the fiscal quarter ending October 1, 2021. These charges include $5,800 of employee separation costs and $3,600 of 
third-party consulting costs. These costs will be classified as restructuring and other charges within the Company’s statement of 
operations and other comprehensive income for the fiscal quarter ending October 1, 2021.

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

The following sets forth certain unaudited consolidated quarterly statements of operations data for each of the Company’s 
last  eight  quarters.  In  management’s  opinion,  this  quarterly  information  reflects  all  adjustments,  consisting  only  of  normal 
recurring  adjustments,  necessary  for  a  fair  presentation  for  the  periods  presented.  Such  quarterly  results  are  not  necessarily 
indicative of future results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements of 
the Company and the notes thereto.

2021 (In thousands, except per share data) 1ST QUARTER 2ND QUARTER 3RD QUARTER 4TH QUARTER
Net revenues

210,676  $ 

256,857  $ 

205,621  $ 

250,842 

$ 

Gross margin

Income from operations

Income before income taxes
Income tax provision

Net income
Net income per share:

Basic net income per share

Diluted net income per share

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

105,623  $ 

102,779 

88,119  $ 

18,770  $ 

17,996  $ 

2,198  $ 

15,798  $ 

88,667  $ 

18,113  $ 

17,119  $ 

4,433  $ 

12,686  $ 

21,712  $ 

20,997  $ 

5,362  $ 

15,635  $ 

0.29  $ 

0.29  $ 

0.23  $ 

0.23  $ 

0.28  $ 

0.28  $ 

22,406 

21,061 

3,136 

17,925 

0.32 

0.32 

2020 (In thousands, except per share data) 1ST QUARTER 2ND QUARTER 3RD QUARTER 4TH QUARTER
Net revenues

193,913  $ 

208,016  $ 

177,304  $ 

217,377 

$ 

Gross margin

Income from operations

Income before income taxes
Income tax (benefit) provision 

Net income
Net income per share:

Basic net income per share

Diluted net income per share

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

78,400  $ 

17,476  $ 

17,229  $ 

(2,018)  $ 

19,247  $ 

88,506  $ 

20,825  $ 

20,786  $ 

5,110  $ 

15,676  $ 

93,325  $ 

26,342  $ 

28,928  $ 

5,363  $ 

23,565  $ 

0.35  $ 

0.35  $ 

0.29  $ 

0.29  $ 

0.43  $ 

0.43  $ 

96,613 

26,419 

26,990 

(234) 

27,224 

0.50 

0.49 

 Due to the effects of rounding, the sum of the four quarters does not equal the annual total.

ITEM 9.

None.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) EFFECTIVENESS OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

We  conducted  an  evaluation  as  of  July  2,  2021  under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management, 
including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (our  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial 
officer,  respectively),  and  concluded  that  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(e)  or  Rule 
15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the “Exchange Act”) were effective as of July 2, 2021 and 
designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act 
is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that it is 
accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  to 
allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b) INHERENT LIMITATIONS ON EFFECTIVENESS OF CONTROLS

Our  management,  including  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  does  not  expect  that  our  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  or  our  internal  controls  will  prevent  or  detect  all  errors  and  all  fraud.  A  control  system,  no 
matter  how  well  designed  and  operated,  can  provide  only  reasonable,  not  absolute,  assurance  that  the  control  system’s 
objectives  will  be  met.  The  design  of  any  system  of  controls  is  based  in  part  on  certain  assumptions  about  the  likelihood  of 

83

future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future 
conditions.

(c) MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Under 
the  supervision  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  management  conducted  an  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of July 2, 2021 based on the framework in Internal Control - 
Integrated Framework (2013) published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  As a 
result of this assessment, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of July 2, 
2021.  The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of July 2, 2021 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an 
independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report.

The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company include the results of the acquired POC business on and 
after  December  30,  2020,  and  the  acquired  Pentek  business  on  and  after  May  27,  2021,  as  described  in  Note  C  to  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.  Upon consideration of the scope of fiscal 2021, the POC and Pentek acquisitions, and the 
time constraints under which our management’s assessment would have to be made, management determined that it would not 
conduct an assessment of POC's and Pentek's internal controls over financial reporting environment as allowable under Section 
404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Accordingly, these operations have been excluded from the management’s assessment 
of internal controls for fiscal year 2021.  However, management is in the process of integrating these entities into the overall 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  environment  for  fiscal  year  2022.  The  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements 
reflect revenues and total assets from the acquired businesses of approximately 9 percent and 22 percent (of which 16 percent 
represented goodwill and intangible assets included within the scope of the Company’s assessment), respectively, as of and for 
the year ended July 2, 2021.

(d) CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under 
the  Exchange  Act)  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2021  identified  in  connection  with  our  Chief  Executive  Officer’s  and 
Chief  Financial  Officer’s  evaluation  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  our  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting.  Management  is  in  the  process  of  integrating  the  POC  and  Pentek  business  into  our  overall 
internal control over financial reporting environment.

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders (the “Shareholders Meeting”), except that information required by this item concerning our executive 
officers appears in Part I, Item 4.1. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the Shareholders Meeting.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  our  Proxy  Statement  for  the  Shareholders 

Meeting.

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement for the Shareholders 

Meeting.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

84

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  our  Proxy  Statement  for  the  Shareholders 

Meeting.

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

PART IV

The financial statements, schedule, and exhibits listed below are included in or incorporated by reference as part of this 

report:

1. Financial statements:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 2, 2021 and July 3, 2020

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended July 2, 2021, July 3, 2020, 
and June 30, 2019

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended July 2, 2021, July 3, 2020, and June 30, 2019 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended July 2, 2021, July 3, 2020, and June 30, 2019

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Financial Statement Schedule:

II. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

85

MERCURY SYSTEMS, INC.

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
FOR FISCAL YEARS ENDED JULY 2, 2021, JULY 3, 2020, and JUNE 30, 2019
(In thousands)

Allowance for Credit Losses

BALANCE
AT
BEGINNING
OF PERIOD

ADDITIONS

REVERSALS

WRITE-
OFFS

BALANCE
AT END OF
PERIOD

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,451  $ 

1,228  $ 

359  $ 

514  $ 

705  $ 

1,223  $ 

199  $ 

8  $ 

264  $ 

46  $ 

474  $ 

90  $ 

1,720 

1,451 

1,228 

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation 
Allowance 

BALANCE
AT
BEGINNING
OF PERIOD

CHARGED
TO COSTS &
EXPENSES

CHARGED
TO OTHER
ACCOUNTS

DEDUCTIONS

BALANCE
AT END OF
PERIOD

$ 

$ 

$ 

11,264  $ 

16,666  $ 

16,992  $ 

2,035  $ 

1,958  $ 

(842)  $ 

(326)  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

4,560  $ 

—  $ 

15,257 

11,264 

16,666 

2021

2020

2019

2021

2020

2019

3.

Exhibits:

Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K are listed in the Exhibit Index on page 88, which is incorporated herein 

by reference.

86

 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused 
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Andover, Massachusetts, on August 17, 
2021.

Signatures

MERCURY SYSTEMS, INC.

By

/s/    MICHAEL D. RUPPERT         

Michael D. Ruppert
EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER, AND 
TREASURER
[PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER]

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

/s/    MARK ASLETT 
Mark Aslett

/S/    MICHAEL D. RUPPERT
Michael D. Ruppert

/S/    MICHELLE M. MCCARTHY
Michelle M. McCarthy

/S/    VINCENT VITTO
Vincent Vitto

/S/    JAMES K. BASS
James K. Bass

/S/    ORLANDO P. CARVALHO
Orlando P. Carvalho

/S/    MICHAEL A. DANIELS
Michael A. Daniels

/S/    LISA S. DISBROW
Lisa S. Disbrow

/S/    MARY LOUISE KRAKAUER
Mary Louise Krakauer

/S/    BARRY R. NEARHOS
Barry R. Nearhos

/S/    WILLIAM K. O’BRIEN 
William K. O’Brien

Title(s)
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(principal executive officer)

Date

  August 17, 2021

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial 
Officer, and Treasurer (principal financial officer)

  August 17, 2021

Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer 
(principal accounting officer)

  August 17, 2021

  Chairman of the Board of Directors

  August 17, 2021

  August 17, 2021

August 17, 2021

  August 17, 2021

  August 17, 2021

  August 17, 2021

  August 17, 2021

  August 17, 2021

  Director

Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM NO.

3.1.1

3.1.2

3.1.3

3.1.4

3.1.5

3.2

4.1

4.2

10.1*

10.2*

10.3*

10.4.1*

10.4.2*

10.4.3*

10.5*†

10.6.1*

10.6.2*

10.6.3*

10.6.4* 

EXHIBIT INDEX

  DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
Articles of Organization (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 of the Company’s annual report 
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009)
Articles of Amendment (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1.2 of the Company’s annual report 
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010)
Articles of Amendment (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of the Company’s registration 
statement on Form 8-A filed on December 15, 2005)
Articles of Amendment (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company's current report on 
Form 8-K filed on November 13, 2012)
Articles of Amendment (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company's current report on 
Form 8-K filed on June 30, 2015)
Bylaws, amended and restated, effective as of July 28, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2020
Form of Stock Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Registration 
Statement on Form S-1/A filed on January 7, 1998)
Description of Registrant's Securities (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s 
annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 3, 2020)
1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated herein by reference to 
Appendix B to the Company’s definitive proxy statement filed on September 3, 2020)
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and each of its current directors (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
June 30, 2009)

2005 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to the 
Company’s definitive proxy statement filed on September 20, 2016)

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.8.2 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 
2011)
Form of Deferred Stock Award Agreement under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.8.3 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 
2011)
Form of Amended and Restated Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2005 
Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's quarterly report on 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014)

2018 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2019)
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 
2019)

Form of Deferred Stock Award Agreement under the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 
2019)
Form of Performance-Based Stock Option Agreement under the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
March 31, 2019)

88

 
ITEM NO.

10.6.5*

10.7.1*

10.7.2*

  DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended March 31, 2019)

Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement between the Company and Mark Aslett (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9.1 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 
ended June 30, 2011)
Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement between the Company and Non-CEO Executives 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9.2 of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended June 30, 2011)

10.8†

Compensation Policy for Non-Employee Directors

10.9.1*

10.9.2*

10.9.3*

10.9.4*

10.10*

10.11.1

10.11.2

10.11.3

10.12*

10.13*

21.1†
23.1†

31.1†

31.2†

32.1†

Employment Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2007, by and between the Company and Mark Aslett 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on 
November 20, 2007)

First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2008, by and between the 
Company and Mark Aslett (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s quarterly 
report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2008)
Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2009, by and between the 
Company and Mark Aslett (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s quarterly 
report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009)
Third Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2019, by and between the Company 
and Mark Aslett (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9.4 of the Company's annual report on 
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 30, 2019)

Agreement, dated July 12, 2016, by and between the Company and Christopher C. Cambria (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
June 30, 2018)

Credit Agreement, dated May 2, 2016, among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders 
party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's current report on Form 8-K filed on May 2, 2016)

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated June 27, 2017, among the Company, the Guarantors party 
thereto, the Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated herein 
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's current report on Form 8-K filed on June 27, 2017)

Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated September 28, 2018, among the Company, the Guarantors 
party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on October 1, 2018) 
Letter Agreement, dated August 7, 2014, as amended to date, between Michael D. Ruppert and the 
Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K 
filed on February 6, 2018)
Form of Severance Benefits Agreement between the Company and Non-CEO Executives (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
June 30, 2019)

Subsidiaries of the Company
Consent of KPMG LLP
Certification of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
of 2002
Certification of the Company’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
of 2002

Certification of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

89

 
ITEM NO.

101†

101.INS

101.SCH

101.CAL
101.DEF
101.LAB
101.PRE

104

*

†

+

  DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheet, 
(ii) Consolidated Statement of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity, 
(iv) Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) Instance Document - the instance document does not 
appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

Identifies a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement in which an executive officer or director of the Company 
participates.

Filed with this Form 10-K.

Furnished herewith. This certification shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall it be incorporated by reference into any filing under the 
Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

90

 
EXHIBIT 31.1 

I, Mark Aslett, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Mercury Systems, Inc.; 

CERTIFICATION 

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report; 

4. 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined 
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is 
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c) 

Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and 

d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the 
registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has 
materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting; 
and 

5. 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and 

b)  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: August 17, 2021

/s/     MARK ASLETT        
Mark Aslett

PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
[PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER]

 
EXHIBIT 31.2 

I, Michael D. Ruppert, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Mercury Systems, Inc.; 

CERTIFICATION 

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report; 

4. 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined 
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is 
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c) 

Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and 

d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the 
registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has 
materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting; 
and 

5. 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and 

b)  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: August 17, 2021 

/s/     MICHAEL D. RUPPERT 
Michael D. Ruppert

EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT,
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER, AND TREASURER
[PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER]

 
 
 
 EXHIBIT 32.1 

Mercury Systems, Inc. 

Certification Pursuant To 
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, 
As Adopted Pursuant To 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of Mercury Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 2, 
2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), we, Mark Aslett, President and Chief Executive Officer of 
the  Company,  and  Michael  D.  Ruppert,  Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  and  Treasurer  of  the  Company,  certify, 
pursuant  to  Section  1350  of  Chapter  63  of  Title  18,  United  States  Code,  that  to  our  knowledge  the  Report  fully  complies  with  the 
requirements  of  Section  13(a)  or  15(d),  as  applicable,  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  and  the  information 
contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

Date: August 17, 2021

/S/    MARK ASLETT        
Mark Aslett
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

/S/    MICHAEL D. RUPPERT      
Michael D. Ruppert
EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT,
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER, AND TREASURER

 
Shareholder Return Performance Graph 

Set forth below is a line graph comparing the cumulative total shareholder return of our common 

stock against the cumulative total return of the Spade Defense Index and a peer group of 20 companies for 
the period of June 30, 2016 through July 2, 2021. The graph and table assume that $100 was invested on 
June 30, 2016 in each of our common stock, the Spade Defense Index, and a peer group and that all 
dividends were reinvested. The peer group consists of the following companies:  

Astronics Corporation 
Belden Inc. 
Brooks Automation, Inc. 
Cognex Corporation 
Comtech Telecommunications 
Corp. 
Diodes Inc. 
Ducommun Incorporated 

HEICO Corporation 
II-VI Inc. 
Infinera Corporation 
iRobot Corporation 
Kratos Defense & Security 
Solutions, Inc. 
Methode Electronics, Inc. 
MKS Instruments, Inc. 

Netgear Inc. 
NetScout Systems, Inc. 
Novanta Inc. 
OSI Systems, Inc. 
Ribbon Communications, Inc. 

Rogers Corp. 

We retained the same peer group as the prior fiscal year with the following exceptions: we 
removed ADTRAN, Inc., CTS Corp., and M/A-COM Technology Solutions Holdings, Inc. from our peer 
group and we added Belden Inc. and HEICO Corporation. to our peer group.   

Comparison of 5-Year Cumulative Total Return Among  
Mercury Systems, Inc., the Spade Defense Index, and the Peer Group 

Measurement Point  Mercury Systems, Inc. 

6/30/2016 
6/30/2017 
6/30/2018 
6/30/2019 
7/3/2020 
7/2/2021 

100.00 
169.31 
153.10 
282.98 
322.89 
265.49 

Spade Defense Index 
(DXSK) 
100.00 
123.34 
147.73 
174.55 
149.71 
204.43 

Peer Group 

100.00 
150.80 
173.22 
187.32 
187.80 
281.97 

MRCY

DXS-USA

Peer Group

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0
2 0 1 6

2 0 1 7

2 0 1 8

2 0 1 9

2 0 2 0

2 0 2 1

Assumes $100 Invested on June 30, 2016 
Assumes Dividends Reinvested 
Fiscal year ended July 2, 2021 

 
   
 
 
  
 
(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

DIRECTORS & MANAGEMENT

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 

Mark Aslett 
President and  
Chief Executive Officer

Christopher C. Cambria 
Executive Vice President,  
General Counsel,  
and Secretary

Thomas Huber  
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Transformation Officer

Brian Perry  
Executive Vice President,  
President, Processing

Michael D. Ruppert 
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Financial Officer, 
and Treasurer

CORPORATE OFFICE

MERCURY SYSTEMS, INC. 
50 Minuteman Road 
Andover, MA 01810 
978.256.1300 tel     866.411.MRCY 
ir.mrcy.com    NASDAQ: MRCY

AUDITOR

KPMG LLP 
Two Financial Center 
60 South Street  
Boston, MA 02111

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Computershare Investor Services 
P.O. Box 505000 
Louisville, KY 04233-5000 
877.373.6374 tel 
computershare.com/investor 

COMMON STOCK

Mercury Systems, Inc. common stock  
is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select  
Market under the symbol MRCY.

STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION

The Company’s Form 10-K and other  
published information is available on  
request, free of charge, by writing or  
calling Investor Relations as listed below.

INVESTOR RELATIONS

Mercury Systems, Inc. 
50 Minuteman Road   
Andover, MA 01810 
866.411.MRCY tel

BOARD OF DIRECTORS  
AND NOMINEES

Vincent Vitto 
Chairman of the Board 
Former President and CEO 
The Charles Stark Draper  
Laboratory Inc.

Mark Aslett 
President and  
Chief Executive Officer 
Mercury Systems, Inc.

James K. Bass 
Former President and CEO 
Piper Aircraft Inc.

Orlando P. Carvalho 
Former Executive Vice President 
Aeronautics, Lockheed Martin

Michael A. Daniels 
Former Chairman and CEO 
Mobile 365 Inc. and 
Network Solutions Inc.

Lisa S. Disbrow 
Under Secretary 
of the U.S. Air Force (Retired)

Mary Louise Krakauer 
Former Executive 
Dell and EMC

Barry R. Nearhos 
Former Managing Partner 
PricewaterhouseCoopers

William K. O’Brien 
Former Chairman and CEO 
Enterasys Networks

Debora A. Plunkett 
Retired Federal Senior Executive,  
National Security Agency

Mercury Systems, Inc. is an Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer. Copyright © 2021 Mercury Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The Mercury Systems 
logo and the following are trademarks or registered trademarks of Mercury Systems, Inc.: Mercury Systems, Innovation That Matters. Other marks used herein  
may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders. Mercury believes this information is accurate as of its publication date and is not 
responsible for any inadvertent errors. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice.     

Mark Aslett portrait courtesy of Johnson Photography, Inc.

MERCURY SYSTEMS – INNOVATION THAT MATTERS
Mercury Systems is a global commercial technology company serving the aerospace and defense industry. Headquartered  
in Andover, MA, the company envisions, creates and delivers secure open architecture solutions powering a broad range  
of mission-critical applications in the most challenging and demanding environments. Inspired by its purpose of delivering  
Innovation that Matters, By and For People Who Matter, Mercury helps make the world a safer, more secure place for all.

mrcy.com